1 /* Subroutines used for code generation on the DEC Alpha.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
3 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Richard Kenner (kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6 This file is part of GCC.
8 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
13 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
20 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
21 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
26 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
33 #include "insn-config.h"
34 #include "conditions.h"
36 #include "insn-attr.h"
47 #include "integrate.h"
50 #include "target-def.h"
52 #include "langhooks.h"
53 #include <splay-tree.h>
54 #include "cfglayout.h"
56 /* Specify which cpu to schedule for. */
58 enum processor_type alpha_cpu
;
59 static const char * const alpha_cpu_name
[] =
64 /* Specify how accurate floating-point traps need to be. */
66 enum alpha_trap_precision alpha_tp
;
68 /* Specify the floating-point rounding mode. */
70 enum alpha_fp_rounding_mode alpha_fprm
;
72 /* Specify which things cause traps. */
74 enum alpha_fp_trap_mode alpha_fptm
;
76 /* Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets. */
78 int alpha_tls_size
= 32;
80 /* Strings decoded into the above options. */
82 const char *alpha_cpu_string
; /* -mcpu= */
83 const char *alpha_tune_string
; /* -mtune= */
84 const char *alpha_tp_string
; /* -mtrap-precision=[p|s|i] */
85 const char *alpha_fprm_string
; /* -mfp-rounding-mode=[n|m|c|d] */
86 const char *alpha_fptm_string
; /* -mfp-trap-mode=[n|u|su|sui] */
87 const char *alpha_mlat_string
; /* -mmemory-latency= */
88 const char *alpha_tls_size_string
; /* -mtls-size=[16|32|64] */
90 /* Save information from a "cmpxx" operation until the branch or scc is
93 struct alpha_compare alpha_compare
;
95 /* Nonzero if inside of a function, because the Alpha asm can't
96 handle .files inside of functions. */
98 static int inside_function
= FALSE
;
100 /* The number of cycles of latency we should assume on memory reads. */
102 int alpha_memory_latency
= 3;
104 /* Whether the function needs the GP. */
106 static int alpha_function_needs_gp
;
108 /* The alias set for prologue/epilogue register save/restore. */
110 static GTY(()) int alpha_sr_alias_set
;
112 /* The assembler name of the current function. */
114 static const char *alpha_fnname
;
116 /* The next explicit relocation sequence number. */
117 extern GTY(()) int alpha_next_sequence_number
;
118 int alpha_next_sequence_number
= 1;
120 /* The literal and gpdisp sequence numbers for this insn, as printed
121 by %# and %* respectively. */
122 extern GTY(()) int alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
;
123 extern GTY(()) int alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
;
124 int alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
;
125 int alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
;
127 /* Costs of various operations on the different architectures. */
129 struct alpha_rtx_cost_data
131 unsigned char fp_add
;
132 unsigned char fp_mult
;
133 unsigned char fp_div_sf
;
134 unsigned char fp_div_df
;
135 unsigned char int_mult_si
;
136 unsigned char int_mult_di
;
137 unsigned char int_shift
;
138 unsigned char int_cmov
;
141 static struct alpha_rtx_cost_data
const alpha_rtx_cost_data
[PROCESSOR_MAX
] =
144 COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fp_add */
145 COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fp_mult */
146 COSTS_N_INSNS (34), /* fp_div_sf */
147 COSTS_N_INSNS (63), /* fp_div_df */
148 COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* int_mult_si */
149 COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* int_mult_di */
150 COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_shift */
151 COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_cmov */
154 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_add */
155 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_mult */
156 COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fp_div_sf */
157 COSTS_N_INSNS (22), /* fp_div_df */
158 COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* int_mult_si */
159 COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* int_mult_di */
160 COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1, /* int_shift */
161 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_cmov */
164 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_add */
165 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_mult */
166 COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fp_div_sf */
167 COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fp_div_df */
168 COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* int_mult_si */
169 COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* int_mult_di */
170 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_shift */
171 COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_cmov */
175 /* Get the number of args of a function in one of two ways. */
176 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS || TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
177 #define NUM_ARGS current_function_args_info.num_args
179 #define NUM_ARGS current_function_args_info
185 /* Declarations of static functions. */
186 static struct machine_function
*alpha_init_machine_status (void);
187 static rtx
alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (enum rtx_code
, rtx
, rtx
);
189 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
190 static void alpha_write_linkage (FILE *, const char *, tree
);
193 static void unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *);
194 static void unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *);
195 static void unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE *, const char *);
196 static int unicosmk_need_dex (rtx
);
198 /* Parse target option strings. */
201 override_options (void)
204 static const struct cpu_table
{
205 const char *const name
;
206 const enum processor_type processor
;
209 #define EV5_MASK (MASK_CPU_EV5)
210 #define EV6_MASK (MASK_CPU_EV6|MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX|MASK_FIX)
211 { "ev4", PROCESSOR_EV4
, 0 },
212 { "ev45", PROCESSOR_EV4
, 0 },
213 { "21064", PROCESSOR_EV4
, 0 },
214 { "ev5", PROCESSOR_EV5
, EV5_MASK
},
215 { "21164", PROCESSOR_EV5
, EV5_MASK
},
216 { "ev56", PROCESSOR_EV5
, EV5_MASK
|MASK_BWX
},
217 { "21164a", PROCESSOR_EV5
, EV5_MASK
|MASK_BWX
},
218 { "pca56", PROCESSOR_EV5
, EV5_MASK
|MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
},
219 { "21164PC",PROCESSOR_EV5
, EV5_MASK
|MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
},
220 { "21164pc",PROCESSOR_EV5
, EV5_MASK
|MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
},
221 { "ev6", PROCESSOR_EV6
, EV6_MASK
},
222 { "21264", PROCESSOR_EV6
, EV6_MASK
},
223 { "ev67", PROCESSOR_EV6
, EV6_MASK
|MASK_CIX
},
224 { "21264a", PROCESSOR_EV6
, EV6_MASK
|MASK_CIX
},
228 /* Unicos/Mk doesn't have shared libraries. */
229 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& flag_pic
)
231 warning ("-f%s ignored for Unicos/Mk (not supported)",
232 (flag_pic
> 1) ? "PIC" : "pic");
236 /* On Unicos/Mk, the native compiler consistently generates /d suffices for
237 floating-point instructions. Make that the default for this target. */
238 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
239 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
;
241 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
;
243 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_PROG
;
244 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_N
;
246 /* We cannot use su and sui qualifiers for conversion instructions on
247 Unicos/Mk. I'm not sure if this is due to assembler or hardware
248 limitations. Right now, we issue a warning if -mieee is specified
249 and then ignore it; eventually, we should either get it right or
250 disable the option altogether. */
254 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
255 warning ("-mieee not supported on Unicos/Mk");
258 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
259 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
;
263 if (TARGET_IEEE_WITH_INEXACT
)
265 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
266 warning ("-mieee-with-inexact not supported on Unicos/Mk");
269 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
270 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
;
276 if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string
, "p"))
277 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_PROG
;
278 else if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string
, "f"))
279 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_FUNC
;
280 else if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string
, "i"))
281 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
283 error ("bad value `%s' for -mtrap-precision switch", alpha_tp_string
);
286 if (alpha_fprm_string
)
288 if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
, "n"))
289 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
;
290 else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
, "m"))
291 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
;
292 else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
, "c"))
293 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
;
294 else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
,"d"))
295 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
;
297 error ("bad value `%s' for -mfp-rounding-mode switch",
301 if (alpha_fptm_string
)
303 if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "n") == 0)
304 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_N
;
305 else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "u") == 0)
306 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_U
;
307 else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "su") == 0)
308 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
;
309 else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "sui") == 0)
310 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
;
312 error ("bad value `%s' for -mfp-trap-mode switch", alpha_fptm_string
);
315 if (alpha_tls_size_string
)
317 if (strcmp (alpha_tls_size_string
, "16") == 0)
319 else if (strcmp (alpha_tls_size_string
, "32") == 0)
321 else if (strcmp (alpha_tls_size_string
, "64") == 0)
324 error ("bad value `%s' for -mtls-size switch", alpha_tls_size_string
);
328 = TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
& MASK_CPU_EV6
? PROCESSOR_EV6
329 : (TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
& MASK_CPU_EV5
? PROCESSOR_EV5
: PROCESSOR_EV4
);
331 if (alpha_cpu_string
)
333 for (i
= 0; cpu_table
[i
].name
; i
++)
334 if (! strcmp (alpha_cpu_string
, cpu_table
[i
].name
))
336 alpha_cpu
= cpu_table
[i
].processor
;
337 target_flags
&= ~ (MASK_BWX
| MASK_MAX
| MASK_FIX
| MASK_CIX
338 | MASK_CPU_EV5
| MASK_CPU_EV6
);
339 target_flags
|= cpu_table
[i
].flags
;
342 if (! cpu_table
[i
].name
)
343 error ("bad value `%s' for -mcpu switch", alpha_cpu_string
);
346 if (alpha_tune_string
)
348 for (i
= 0; cpu_table
[i
].name
; i
++)
349 if (! strcmp (alpha_tune_string
, cpu_table
[i
].name
))
351 alpha_cpu
= cpu_table
[i
].processor
;
354 if (! cpu_table
[i
].name
)
355 error ("bad value `%s' for -mcpu switch", alpha_tune_string
);
358 /* Do some sanity checks on the above options. */
360 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_fptm
!= ALPHA_FPTM_N
)
362 warning ("trap mode not supported on Unicos/Mk");
363 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_N
;
366 if ((alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_SU
|| alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
)
367 && alpha_tp
!= ALPHA_TP_INSN
&& ! TARGET_CPU_EV6
)
369 warning ("fp software completion requires -mtrap-precision=i");
370 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
375 /* Except for EV6 pass 1 (not released), we always have precise
376 arithmetic traps. Which means we can do software completion
377 without minding trap shadows. */
378 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_PROG
;
381 if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
)
383 if (alpha_fprm
== ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
|| alpha_fprm
== ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
)
385 warning ("rounding mode not supported for VAX floats");
386 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
;
388 if (alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
)
390 warning ("trap mode not supported for VAX floats");
391 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
;
393 if (target_flags_explicit
& MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128
)
394 warning ("128-bit long double not supported for VAX floats");
395 target_flags
&= ~MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128
;
402 if (!alpha_mlat_string
)
403 alpha_mlat_string
= "L1";
405 if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)alpha_mlat_string
[0])
406 && (lat
= strtol (alpha_mlat_string
, &end
, 10), *end
== '\0'))
408 else if ((alpha_mlat_string
[0] == 'L' || alpha_mlat_string
[0] == 'l')
409 && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)alpha_mlat_string
[1])
410 && alpha_mlat_string
[2] == '\0')
412 static int const cache_latency
[][4] =
414 { 3, 30, -1 }, /* ev4 -- Bcache is a guess */
415 { 2, 12, 38 }, /* ev5 -- Bcache from PC164 LMbench numbers */
416 { 3, 12, 30 }, /* ev6 -- Bcache from DS20 LMbench. */
419 lat
= alpha_mlat_string
[1] - '0';
420 if (lat
<= 0 || lat
> 3 || cache_latency
[alpha_cpu
][lat
-1] == -1)
422 warning ("L%d cache latency unknown for %s",
423 lat
, alpha_cpu_name
[alpha_cpu
]);
427 lat
= cache_latency
[alpha_cpu
][lat
-1];
429 else if (! strcmp (alpha_mlat_string
, "main"))
431 /* Most current memories have about 370ns latency. This is
432 a reasonable guess for a fast cpu. */
437 warning ("bad value `%s' for -mmemory-latency", alpha_mlat_string
);
441 alpha_memory_latency
= lat
;
444 /* Default the definition of "small data" to 8 bytes. */
448 /* Infer TARGET_SMALL_DATA from -fpic/-fPIC. */
450 target_flags
|= MASK_SMALL_DATA
;
451 else if (flag_pic
== 2)
452 target_flags
&= ~MASK_SMALL_DATA
;
454 /* Align labels and loops for optimal branching. */
455 /* ??? Kludge these by not doing anything if we don't optimize and also if
456 we are writing ECOFF symbols to work around a bug in DEC's assembler. */
457 if (optimize
> 0 && write_symbols
!= SDB_DEBUG
)
459 if (align_loops
<= 0)
461 if (align_jumps
<= 0)
464 if (align_functions
<= 0)
465 align_functions
= 16;
467 /* Acquire a unique set number for our register saves and restores. */
468 alpha_sr_alias_set
= new_alias_set ();
470 /* Register variables and functions with the garbage collector. */
472 /* Set up function hooks. */
473 init_machine_status
= alpha_init_machine_status
;
475 /* Tell the compiler when we're using VAX floating point. */
476 if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
)
478 REAL_MODE_FORMAT (SFmode
) = &vax_f_format
;
479 REAL_MODE_FORMAT (DFmode
) = &vax_g_format
;
480 REAL_MODE_FORMAT (TFmode
) = NULL
;
484 /* Returns 1 if VALUE is a mask that contains full bytes of zero or ones. */
487 zap_mask (HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
491 for (i
= 0; i
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
493 if ((value
& 0xff) != 0 && (value
& 0xff) != 0xff)
499 /* Returns 1 if OP is either the constant zero or a register. If a
500 register, it must be in the proper mode unless MODE is VOIDmode. */
503 reg_or_0_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
505 return op
== CONST0_RTX (mode
) || register_operand (op
, mode
);
508 /* Return 1 if OP is a constant in the range of 0-63 (for a shift) or
512 reg_or_6bit_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
514 return ((GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
515 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (op
) < 64)
516 || register_operand (op
, mode
));
520 /* Return 1 if OP is an 8-bit constant or any register. */
523 reg_or_8bit_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
525 return ((GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
526 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (op
) < 0x100)
527 || register_operand (op
, mode
));
530 /* Return 1 if OP is a constant or any register. */
533 reg_or_const_int_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
535 return GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
|| register_operand (op
, mode
);
538 /* Return 1 if OP is an 8-bit constant. */
541 cint8_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
543 return ((GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
544 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (op
) < 0x100));
547 /* Return 1 if the operand is a valid second operand to an add insn. */
550 add_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
552 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
)
553 /* Constraints I, J, O and P are covered by K. */
554 return (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op
), 'K')
555 || CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op
), 'L'));
557 return register_operand (op
, mode
);
560 /* Return 1 if the operand is a valid second operand to a sign-extending
564 sext_add_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
566 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
)
567 return (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op
), 'I')
568 || CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op
), 'O'));
570 return reg_not_elim_operand (op
, mode
);
573 /* Return 1 if OP is the constant 4 or 8. */
576 const48_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
578 return (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
579 && (INTVAL (op
) == 4 || INTVAL (op
) == 8));
582 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid first operand to an AND insn. */
585 and_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
587 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_DOUBLE
&& GET_MODE (op
) == VOIDmode
)
588 return (zap_mask (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op
))
589 && zap_mask (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op
)));
591 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
)
592 return ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (op
) < 0x100
593 || (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) ~ INTVAL (op
) < 0x100
594 || zap_mask (INTVAL (op
)));
596 return register_operand (op
, mode
);
599 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid first operand to an IOR or XOR insn. */
602 or_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
604 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
)
605 return ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (op
) < 0x100
606 || (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) ~ INTVAL (op
) < 0x100);
608 return register_operand (op
, mode
);
611 /* Return 1 if OP is a constant that is the width, in bits, of an integral
612 mode smaller than DImode. */
615 mode_width_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
617 return (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
618 && (INTVAL (op
) == 8 || INTVAL (op
) == 16
619 || INTVAL (op
) == 32 || INTVAL (op
) == 64));
622 /* Return 1 if OP is a constant that is the width of an integral machine mode
623 smaller than an integer. */
626 mode_mask_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
628 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
)
630 HOST_WIDE_INT value
= INTVAL (op
);
636 if (value
== 0xffffffff)
641 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 && GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
643 if (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op
) == 0xffffffff && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op
) == 0)
650 /* Return 1 if OP is a multiple of 8 less than 64. */
653 mul8_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
655 return (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
656 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (op
) < 64
657 && (INTVAL (op
) & 7) == 0);
660 /* Return 1 if OP is the zero constant for MODE. */
663 const0_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
665 return op
== CONST0_RTX (mode
);
668 /* Return 1 if OP is a hard floating-point register. */
671 hard_fp_register_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
673 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
676 if (GET_CODE (op
) == SUBREG
)
677 op
= SUBREG_REG (op
);
678 return GET_CODE (op
) == REG
&& REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (op
)) == FLOAT_REGS
;
681 /* Return 1 if OP is a hard general register. */
684 hard_int_register_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
686 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
689 if (GET_CODE (op
) == SUBREG
)
690 op
= SUBREG_REG (op
);
691 return GET_CODE (op
) == REG
&& REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (op
)) == GENERAL_REGS
;
694 /* Return 1 if OP is a register or a constant integer. */
698 reg_or_cint_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
700 return (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
701 || register_operand (op
, mode
));
704 /* Return 1 if OP is something that can be reloaded into a register;
705 if it is a MEM, it need not be valid. */
708 some_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
710 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
713 switch (GET_CODE (op
))
727 return some_operand (SUBREG_REG (op
), VOIDmode
);
736 /* Likewise, but don't accept constants. */
739 some_ni_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
741 if (GET_MODE (op
) != mode
&& mode
!= VOIDmode
)
744 if (GET_CODE (op
) == SUBREG
)
745 op
= SUBREG_REG (op
);
747 return (GET_CODE (op
) == REG
|| GET_CODE (op
) == MEM
);
750 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid operand for the source of a move insn. */
753 input_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
755 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
758 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
&& GET_MODE (op
) != mode
)
761 switch (GET_CODE (op
))
766 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
)
768 /* We don't split symbolic operands into something unintelligable
769 until after reload, but we do not wish non-small, non-global
770 symbolic operands to be reconstructed from their high/lo_sum
772 return (small_symbolic_operand (op
, mode
)
773 || global_symbolic_operand (op
, mode
)
774 || gotdtp_symbolic_operand (op
, mode
)
775 || gottp_symbolic_operand (op
, mode
));
778 /* This handles both the Windows/NT and OSF cases. */
779 return mode
== ptr_mode
|| mode
== DImode
;
782 return (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
783 && local_symbolic_operand (XEXP (op
, 0), mode
));
790 if (register_operand (op
, mode
))
792 /* ... fall through ... */
794 return ((TARGET_BWX
|| (mode
!= HImode
&& mode
!= QImode
))
795 && general_operand (op
, mode
));
799 return op
== CONST0_RTX (mode
);
802 return mode
== QImode
|| mode
== HImode
|| add_operand (op
, mode
);
814 /* Return 1 if OP is a SYMBOL_REF for a function known to be in this
815 file, and in the same section as the current function. */
818 samegp_function_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
820 if (GET_CODE (op
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
823 /* Easy test for recursion. */
824 if (op
== XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl
), 0))
827 /* Functions that are not local can be overridden, and thus may
828 not share the same gp. */
829 if (! SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (op
))
832 /* If -msmall-data is in effect, assume that there is only one GP
833 for the module, and so any local symbol has this property. We
834 need explicit relocations to be able to enforce this for symbols
835 not defined in this unit of translation, however. */
836 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& TARGET_SMALL_DATA
)
839 /* Functions that are not external are defined in this UoT,
840 and thus must share the same gp. */
841 return ! SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (op
);
844 /* Return 1 if OP is a SYMBOL_REF for which we can make a call via bsr. */
847 direct_call_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
849 tree op_decl
, cfun_sec
, op_sec
;
851 /* Must share the same GP. */
852 if (!samegp_function_operand (op
, mode
))
855 /* If profiling is implemented via linker tricks, we can't jump
856 to the nogp alternate entry point. Note that current_function_profile
857 would not be correct, since that doesn't indicate if the target
858 function uses profiling. */
859 /* ??? TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP isn't really the right test,
860 but is approximately correct for the OSF ABIs. Don't know
861 what to do for VMS, NT, or UMK. */
862 if (!TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP
&& profile_flag
)
865 /* Must be a function. In some cases folks create thunks in static
866 data structures and then make calls to them. If we allow the
867 direct call, we'll get an error from the linker about !samegp reloc
868 against a symbol without a .prologue directive. */
869 if (!SYMBOL_REF_FUNCTION_P (op
))
872 /* Must be "near" so that the branch is assumed to reach. With
873 -msmall-text, this is assumed true of all local symbols. Since
874 we've already checked samegp, locality is already assured. */
875 if (TARGET_SMALL_TEXT
)
878 /* Otherwise, a decl is "near" if it is defined in the same section. */
879 if (flag_function_sections
)
882 op_decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (op
);
883 if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (current_function_decl
)
884 || (op_decl
&& DECL_ONE_ONLY (op_decl
)))
887 cfun_sec
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
888 op_sec
= op_decl
? DECL_SECTION_NAME (op_decl
) : NULL
;
889 return ((!cfun_sec
&& !op_sec
)
890 || (cfun_sec
&& op_sec
891 && strcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (cfun_sec
),
892 TREE_STRING_POINTER (op_sec
)) == 0));
895 /* Return true if OP is a LABEL_REF, or SYMBOL_REF or CONST referencing
896 a (non-tls) variable known to be defined in this file. */
899 local_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
901 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
904 if (GET_CODE (op
) == LABEL_REF
)
907 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST
908 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == PLUS
909 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
910 op
= XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 0);
912 if (GET_CODE (op
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
915 return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (op
) && !SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (op
);
918 /* Return true if OP is a SYMBOL_REF or CONST referencing a variable
919 known to be defined in this file in the small data area. */
922 small_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
924 if (! TARGET_SMALL_DATA
)
927 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
930 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST
931 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == PLUS
932 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
933 op
= XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 0);
935 if (GET_CODE (op
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
938 /* ??? There's no encode_section_info equivalent for the rtl
939 constant pool, so SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL never gets set. */
940 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (op
))
941 return GET_MODE_SIZE (get_pool_mode (op
)) <= g_switch_value
;
943 return (SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (op
)
944 && SYMBOL_REF_SMALL_P (op
)
945 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (op
) == 0);
948 /* Return true if OP is a SYMBOL_REF or CONST referencing a variable
949 not known (or known not) to be defined in this file. */
952 global_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
954 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
957 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST
958 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == PLUS
959 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
960 op
= XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 0);
962 if (GET_CODE (op
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
965 return !SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (op
) && !SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (op
);
968 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid operand for the MEM of a CALL insn. */
971 call_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
976 if (GET_CODE (op
) == REG
)
980 /* Disallow virtual registers to cope with pathological test cases
981 such as compile/930117-1.c in which the virtual reg decomposes
982 to the frame pointer. Which is a hard reg that is not $27. */
983 return (REGNO (op
) == 27 || REGNO (op
) > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
);
988 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
990 if (GET_CODE (op
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
996 /* Returns 1 if OP is a symbolic operand, i.e. a symbol_ref or a label_ref,
997 possibly with an offset. */
1000 symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1002 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
1004 if (GET_CODE (op
) == SYMBOL_REF
|| GET_CODE (op
) == LABEL_REF
)
1006 if (GET_CODE (op
) == CONST
1007 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
,0)) == PLUS
1008 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op
,0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1009 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op
,0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1014 /* Return true if OP is valid for a particular TLS relocation. */
1017 tls_symbolic_operand_1 (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
, int size
, int unspec
)
1019 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE (op
) != VOIDmode
&& mode
!= GET_MODE (op
))
1022 if (GET_CODE (op
) != CONST
)
1026 if (GET_CODE (op
) != UNSPEC
|| XINT (op
, 1) != unspec
)
1028 op
= XVECEXP (op
, 0, 0);
1030 if (GET_CODE (op
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
1033 if (SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (op
))
1035 if (alpha_tls_size
> size
)
1044 switch (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (op
))
1046 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC
:
1047 return unspec
== UNSPEC_DTPREL
;
1048 case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC
:
1049 return unspec
== UNSPEC_TPREL
&& size
== 64;
1050 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
:
1051 return unspec
== UNSPEC_TPREL
;
1057 /* Return true if OP is valid for 16-bit DTP relative relocations. */
1060 dtp16_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1062 return tls_symbolic_operand_1 (op
, mode
, 16, UNSPEC_DTPREL
);
1065 /* Return true if OP is valid for 32-bit DTP relative relocations. */
1068 dtp32_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1070 return tls_symbolic_operand_1 (op
, mode
, 32, UNSPEC_DTPREL
);
1073 /* Return true if OP is valid for 64-bit DTP relative relocations. */
1076 gotdtp_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1078 return tls_symbolic_operand_1 (op
, mode
, 64, UNSPEC_DTPREL
);
1081 /* Return true if OP is valid for 16-bit TP relative relocations. */
1084 tp16_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1086 return tls_symbolic_operand_1 (op
, mode
, 16, UNSPEC_TPREL
);
1089 /* Return true if OP is valid for 32-bit TP relative relocations. */
1092 tp32_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1094 return tls_symbolic_operand_1 (op
, mode
, 32, UNSPEC_TPREL
);
1097 /* Return true if OP is valid for 64-bit TP relative relocations. */
1100 gottp_symbolic_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1102 return tls_symbolic_operand_1 (op
, mode
, 64, UNSPEC_TPREL
);
1105 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid Alpha comparison operator. Here we know which
1106 comparisons are valid in which insn. */
1109 alpha_comparison_operator (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1111 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
1113 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (op
) && mode
!= VOIDmode
)
1116 return (code
== EQ
|| code
== LE
|| code
== LT
1117 || code
== LEU
|| code
== LTU
);
1120 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid Alpha comparison operator against zero.
1121 Here we know which comparisons are valid in which insn. */
1124 alpha_zero_comparison_operator (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1126 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
1128 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (op
) && mode
!= VOIDmode
)
1131 return (code
== EQ
|| code
== NE
|| code
== LE
|| code
== LT
1132 || code
== LEU
|| code
== LTU
);
1135 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid Alpha swapped comparison operator. */
1138 alpha_swapped_comparison_operator (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1140 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
1142 if ((mode
!= GET_MODE (op
) && mode
!= VOIDmode
)
1143 || GET_RTX_CLASS (code
) != '<')
1146 code
= swap_condition (code
);
1147 return (code
== EQ
|| code
== LE
|| code
== LT
1148 || code
== LEU
|| code
== LTU
);
1151 /* Return 1 if OP is a signed comparison operation. */
1154 signed_comparison_operator (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1156 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
1158 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (op
) && mode
!= VOIDmode
)
1161 return (code
== EQ
|| code
== NE
1162 || code
== LE
|| code
== LT
1163 || code
== GE
|| code
== GT
);
1166 /* Return 1 if OP is a valid Alpha floating point comparison operator.
1167 Here we know which comparisons are valid in which insn. */
1170 alpha_fp_comparison_operator (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1172 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
1174 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (op
) && mode
!= VOIDmode
)
1177 return (code
== EQ
|| code
== LE
|| code
== LT
|| code
== UNORDERED
);
1180 /* Return 1 if this is a divide or modulus operator. */
1183 divmod_operator (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1185 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
1187 return (code
== DIV
|| code
== MOD
|| code
== UDIV
|| code
== UMOD
);
1190 /* Return 1 if this is a float->int conversion operator. */
1193 fix_operator (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1195 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
1197 return (code
== FIX
|| code
== UNSIGNED_FIX
);
1200 /* Return 1 if this memory address is a known aligned register plus
1201 a constant. It must be a valid address. This means that we can do
1202 this as an aligned reference plus some offset.
1204 Take into account what reload will do. */
1207 aligned_memory_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1211 if (reload_in_progress
)
1214 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SUBREG
)
1215 tmp
= SUBREG_REG (tmp
);
1216 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
1217 && REGNO (tmp
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
1219 op
= reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (tmp
)];
1225 if (GET_CODE (op
) != MEM
)
1227 if (MEM_ALIGN (op
) >= 32)
1231 /* LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS creates (plus (plus reg const_hi) const_lo)
1232 sorts of constructs. Dig for the real base register. */
1233 if (reload_in_progress
1234 && GET_CODE (op
) == PLUS
1235 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == PLUS
)
1236 base
= XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 0);
1239 if (! memory_address_p (mode
, op
))
1241 base
= (GET_CODE (op
) == PLUS
? XEXP (op
, 0) : op
);
1244 return (GET_CODE (base
) == REG
&& REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (base
)) >= 32);
1247 /* Similar, but return 1 if OP is a MEM which is not alignable. */
1250 unaligned_memory_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1254 if (reload_in_progress
)
1257 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SUBREG
)
1258 tmp
= SUBREG_REG (tmp
);
1259 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
1260 && REGNO (tmp
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
1262 op
= reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (tmp
)];
1268 if (GET_CODE (op
) != MEM
)
1270 if (MEM_ALIGN (op
) >= 32)
1274 /* LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS creates (plus (plus reg const_hi) const_lo)
1275 sorts of constructs. Dig for the real base register. */
1276 if (reload_in_progress
1277 && GET_CODE (op
) == PLUS
1278 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == PLUS
)
1279 base
= XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 0);
1282 if (! memory_address_p (mode
, op
))
1284 base
= (GET_CODE (op
) == PLUS
? XEXP (op
, 0) : op
);
1287 return (GET_CODE (base
) == REG
&& REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (base
)) < 32);
1290 /* Return 1 if OP is either a register or an unaligned memory location. */
1293 reg_or_unaligned_mem_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1295 return register_operand (op
, mode
) || unaligned_memory_operand (op
, mode
);
1298 /* Return 1 if OP is any memory location. During reload a pseudo matches. */
1301 any_memory_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1303 return (GET_CODE (op
) == MEM
1304 || (GET_CODE (op
) == SUBREG
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op
)) == REG
)
1305 || (reload_in_progress
&& GET_CODE (op
) == REG
1306 && REGNO (op
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
1307 || (reload_in_progress
&& GET_CODE (op
) == SUBREG
1308 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op
)) == REG
1309 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (op
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
1312 /* Returns 1 if OP is not an eliminable register.
1314 This exists to cure a pathological abort in the s8addq (et al) patterns,
1316 long foo () { long t; bar(); return (long) &t * 26107; }
1318 which run afoul of a hack in reload to cure a (presumably) similar
1319 problem with lea-type instructions on other targets. But there is
1320 one of us and many of them, so work around the problem by selectively
1321 preventing combine from making the optimization. */
1324 reg_not_elim_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1327 if (GET_CODE (op
) == SUBREG
)
1328 inner
= SUBREG_REG (op
);
1329 if (inner
== frame_pointer_rtx
|| inner
== arg_pointer_rtx
)
1332 return register_operand (op
, mode
);
1335 /* Return 1 is OP is a memory location that is not a reference (using
1336 an AND) to an unaligned location. Take into account what reload
1340 normal_memory_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1342 if (reload_in_progress
)
1345 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SUBREG
)
1346 tmp
= SUBREG_REG (tmp
);
1347 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
1348 && REGNO (tmp
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
1350 op
= reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (tmp
)];
1352 /* This may not have been assigned an equivalent address if it will
1353 be eliminated. In that case, it doesn't matter what we do. */
1359 return GET_CODE (op
) == MEM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) != AND
;
1362 /* Accept a register, but not a subreg of any kind. This allows us to
1363 avoid pathological cases in reload wrt data movement common in
1364 int->fp conversion. */
1367 reg_no_subreg_operand (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1369 if (GET_CODE (op
) != REG
)
1371 return register_operand (op
, mode
);
1374 /* Recognize an addition operation that includes a constant. Used to
1375 convince reload to canonize (plus (plus reg c1) c2) during register
1379 addition_operation (rtx op
, enum machine_mode mode
)
1381 if (GET_MODE (op
) != mode
&& mode
!= VOIDmode
)
1383 if (GET_CODE (op
) == PLUS
1384 && register_operand (XEXP (op
, 0), mode
)
1385 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 1)) == CONST_INT
1386 && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (XEXP (op
, 1)), 'K'))
1391 /* Implements CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P. Return true if the value matches
1392 the range defined for C in [I-P]. */
1395 alpha_const_ok_for_letter_p (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, int c
)
1400 /* An unsigned 8 bit constant. */
1401 return (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) value
< 0x100;
1403 /* The constant zero. */
1406 /* A signed 16 bit constant. */
1407 return (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) (value
+ 0x8000) < 0x10000;
1409 /* A shifted signed 16 bit constant appropriate for LDAH. */
1410 return ((value
& 0xffff) == 0
1411 && ((value
) >> 31 == -1 || value
>> 31 == 0));
1413 /* A constant that can be AND'ed with using a ZAP insn. */
1414 return zap_mask (value
);
1416 /* A complemented unsigned 8 bit constant. */
1417 return (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) (~ value
) < 0x100;
1419 /* A negated unsigned 8 bit constant. */
1420 return (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) (- value
) < 0x100;
1422 /* The constant 1, 2 or 3. */
1423 return value
== 1 || value
== 2 || value
== 3;
1430 /* Implements CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P. Return true if VALUE
1431 matches for C in [GH]. */
1434 alpha_const_double_ok_for_letter_p (rtx value
, int c
)
1439 /* The floating point zero constant. */
1440 return (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (value
)) == MODE_FLOAT
1441 && value
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (value
)));
1444 /* A valid operand of a ZAP insn. */
1445 return (GET_MODE (value
) == VOIDmode
1446 && zap_mask (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (value
))
1447 && zap_mask (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (value
)));
1454 /* Implements CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P. Return true if VALUE
1458 alpha_extra_constraint (rtx value
, int c
)
1463 return normal_memory_operand (value
, VOIDmode
);
1465 return direct_call_operand (value
, Pmode
);
1467 return (GET_CODE (value
) == CONST_INT
1468 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (value
) < 64);
1470 return GET_CODE (value
) == HIGH
;
1472 return TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& symbolic_operand (value
, VOIDmode
);
1474 return (GET_CODE (value
) == CONST_VECTOR
1475 && value
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (value
)));
1481 /* Return 1 if this function can directly return via $26. */
1484 direct_return (void)
1486 return (! TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& ! TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
1488 && alpha_sa_size () == 0
1489 && get_frame_size () == 0
1490 && current_function_outgoing_args_size
== 0
1491 && current_function_pretend_args_size
== 0);
1494 /* Return the ADDR_VEC associated with a tablejump insn. */
1497 alpha_tablejump_addr_vec (rtx insn
)
1501 tmp
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1504 tmp
= NEXT_INSN (tmp
);
1507 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == JUMP_INSN
1508 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp
)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
)
1509 return PATTERN (tmp
);
1513 /* Return the label of the predicted edge, or CONST0_RTX if we don't know. */
1516 alpha_tablejump_best_label (rtx insn
)
1518 rtx jump_table
= alpha_tablejump_addr_vec (insn
);
1519 rtx best_label
= NULL_RTX
;
1521 /* ??? Once the CFG doesn't keep getting completely rebuilt, look
1522 there for edge frequency counts from profile data. */
1526 int n_labels
= XVECLEN (jump_table
, 1);
1527 int best_count
= -1;
1530 for (i
= 0; i
< n_labels
; i
++)
1534 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< n_labels
; j
++)
1535 if (XEXP (XVECEXP (jump_table
, 1, i
), 0)
1536 == XEXP (XVECEXP (jump_table
, 1, j
), 0))
1539 if (count
> best_count
)
1540 best_count
= count
, best_label
= XVECEXP (jump_table
, 1, i
);
1544 return best_label
? best_label
: const0_rtx
;
1547 /* Return the TLS model to use for SYMBOL. */
1549 static enum tls_model
1550 tls_symbolic_operand_type (rtx symbol
)
1552 enum tls_model model
;
1554 if (GET_CODE (symbol
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
1556 model
= SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (symbol
);
1558 /* Local-exec with a 64-bit size is the same code as initial-exec. */
1559 if (model
== TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
&& alpha_tls_size
== 64)
1560 model
= TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC
;
1565 /* Return true if the function DECL will share the same GP as any
1566 function in the current unit of translation. */
1569 decl_has_samegp (tree decl
)
1571 /* Functions that are not local can be overridden, and thus may
1572 not share the same gp. */
1573 if (!(*targetm
.binds_local_p
) (decl
))
1576 /* If -msmall-data is in effect, assume that there is only one GP
1577 for the module, and so any local symbol has this property. We
1578 need explicit relocations to be able to enforce this for symbols
1579 not defined in this unit of translation, however. */
1580 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& TARGET_SMALL_DATA
)
1583 /* Functions that are not external are defined in this UoT. */
1584 /* ??? Irritatingly, static functions not yet emitted are still
1585 marked "external". Apply this to non-static functions only. */
1586 return !TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
1589 /* Return true if EXP should be placed in the small data section. */
1592 alpha_in_small_data_p (tree exp
)
1594 /* We want to merge strings, so we never consider them small data. */
1595 if (TREE_CODE (exp
) == STRING_CST
)
1598 /* Functions are never in the small data area. Duh. */
1599 if (TREE_CODE (exp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
1602 if (TREE_CODE (exp
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (exp
))
1604 const char *section
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (exp
));
1605 if (strcmp (section
, ".sdata") == 0
1606 || strcmp (section
, ".sbss") == 0)
1611 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp
));
1613 /* If this is an incomplete type with size 0, then we can't put it
1614 in sdata because it might be too big when completed. */
1615 if (size
> 0 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) size
<= g_switch_value
)
1622 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
1624 alpha_linkage_symbol_p (const char *symname
)
1626 int symlen
= strlen (symname
);
1629 return strcmp (&symname
[symlen
- 4], "..lk") == 0;
1634 #define LINKAGE_SYMBOL_REF_P(X) \
1635 ((GET_CODE (X) == SYMBOL_REF \
1636 && alpha_linkage_symbol_p (XSTR (X, 0))) \
1637 || (GET_CODE (X) == CONST \
1638 && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 0)) == PLUS \
1639 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF \
1640 && alpha_linkage_symbol_p (XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 0), 0))))
1643 /* legitimate_address_p recognizes an RTL expression that is a valid
1644 memory address for an instruction. The MODE argument is the
1645 machine mode for the MEM expression that wants to use this address.
1647 For Alpha, we have either a constant address or the sum of a
1648 register and a constant address, or just a register. For DImode,
1649 any of those forms can be surrounded with an AND that clear the
1650 low-order three bits; this is an "unaligned" access. */
1653 alpha_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx x
, int strict
)
1655 /* If this is an ldq_u type address, discard the outer AND. */
1657 && GET_CODE (x
) == AND
1658 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
1659 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) == -8)
1662 /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */
1663 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
1664 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
1665 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)))))
1668 /* Unadorned general registers are valid. */
1671 ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)
1672 : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)))
1675 /* Constant addresses (i.e. +/- 32k) are valid. */
1676 if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x
))
1679 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
1680 if (LINKAGE_SYMBOL_REF_P (x
))
1684 /* Register plus a small constant offset is valid. */
1685 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
)
1687 rtx ofs
= XEXP (x
, 1);
1690 /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */
1691 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
1692 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
1693 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)))))
1699 && NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FP_BASE_P (x
)
1700 && GET_CODE (ofs
) == CONST_INT
)
1703 ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)
1704 : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
))
1705 && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (ofs
))
1708 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == ADDRESSOF
1709 && GET_CODE (ofs
) == CONST_INT
)
1713 /* If we're managing explicit relocations, LO_SUM is valid, as
1714 are small data symbols. */
1715 else if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
)
1717 if (small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
1720 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LO_SUM
)
1722 rtx ofs
= XEXP (x
, 1);
1725 /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */
1726 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
1727 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
1728 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)))))
1731 /* Must have a valid base register. */
1734 ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)
1735 : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
))))
1738 /* The symbol must be local. */
1739 if (local_symbolic_operand (ofs
, Pmode
)
1740 || dtp32_symbolic_operand (ofs
, Pmode
)
1741 || tp32_symbolic_operand (ofs
, Pmode
))
1749 /* Build the SYMBOL_REF for __tls_get_addr. */
1751 static GTY(()) rtx tls_get_addr_libfunc
;
1754 get_tls_get_addr (void)
1756 if (!tls_get_addr_libfunc
)
1757 tls_get_addr_libfunc
= init_one_libfunc ("__tls_get_addr");
1758 return tls_get_addr_libfunc
;
1761 /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address
1762 to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. */
1765 alpha_legitimize_address (rtx x
, rtx scratch
,
1766 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1768 HOST_WIDE_INT addend
;
1770 /* If the address is (plus reg const_int) and the CONST_INT is not a
1771 valid offset, compute the high part of the constant and add it to
1772 the register. Then our address is (plus temp low-part-const). */
1773 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
1774 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
1775 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
1776 && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
1778 addend
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
1783 /* If the address is (const (plus FOO const_int)), find the low-order
1784 part of the CONST_INT. Then load FOO plus any high-order part of the
1785 CONST_INT into a register. Our address is (plus reg low-part-const).
1786 This is done to reduce the number of GOT entries. */
1788 && GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
1789 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
1790 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1792 addend
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1));
1793 x
= force_reg (Pmode
, XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0));
1797 /* If we have a (plus reg const), emit the load as in (2), then add
1798 the two registers, and finally generate (plus reg low-part-const) as
1801 && GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
1802 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
1803 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST
1804 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0)) == PLUS
1805 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1807 addend
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), 1));
1808 x
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, PLUS
, XEXP (x
, 0),
1809 XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), 0),
1810 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
1814 /* If this is a local symbol, split the address into HIGH/LO_SUM parts. */
1815 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
1817 rtx r0
, r16
, eqv
, tga
, tp
, insn
, dest
, seq
;
1819 switch (tls_symbolic_operand_type (x
))
1821 case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC
:
1824 r0
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0);
1825 r16
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 16);
1826 tga
= get_tls_get_addr ();
1827 dest
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1828 seq
= GEN_INT (alpha_next_sequence_number
++);
1830 emit_insn (gen_movdi_er_tlsgd (r16
, pic_offset_table_rtx
, x
, seq
));
1831 insn
= gen_call_value_osf_tlsgd (r0
, tga
, seq
);
1832 insn
= emit_call_insn (insn
);
1833 CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn
) = 1;
1834 use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
), r16
);
1836 insn
= get_insns ();
1839 emit_libcall_block (insn
, dest
, r0
, x
);
1842 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC
:
1845 r0
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0);
1846 r16
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 16);
1847 tga
= get_tls_get_addr ();
1848 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1849 seq
= GEN_INT (alpha_next_sequence_number
++);
1851 emit_insn (gen_movdi_er_tlsldm (r16
, pic_offset_table_rtx
, seq
));
1852 insn
= gen_call_value_osf_tlsldm (r0
, tga
, seq
);
1853 insn
= emit_call_insn (insn
);
1854 CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn
) = 1;
1855 use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
), r16
);
1857 insn
= get_insns ();
1860 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx
),
1861 UNSPEC_TLSLDM_CALL
);
1862 emit_libcall_block (insn
, scratch
, r0
, eqv
);
1864 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, x
), UNSPEC_DTPREL
);
1865 eqv
= gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode
, eqv
);
1867 if (alpha_tls_size
== 64)
1869 dest
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1870 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, dest
, eqv
));
1871 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, dest
, scratch
));
1874 if (alpha_tls_size
== 32)
1876 insn
= gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode
, eqv
);
1877 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, scratch
, insn
);
1878 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1879 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, scratch
, insn
));
1881 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, scratch
, eqv
);
1883 case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC
:
1884 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, x
), UNSPEC_TPREL
);
1885 eqv
= gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode
, eqv
);
1886 tp
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1887 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1888 dest
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1890 emit_insn (gen_load_tp (tp
));
1891 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, scratch
, eqv
));
1892 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, tp
, scratch
));
1895 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
:
1896 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, x
), UNSPEC_TPREL
);
1897 eqv
= gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode
, eqv
);
1898 tp
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1900 emit_insn (gen_load_tp (tp
));
1901 if (alpha_tls_size
== 32)
1903 insn
= gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode
, eqv
);
1904 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, tp
, insn
);
1905 tp
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1906 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, tp
, insn
));
1908 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, tp
, eqv
);
1911 if (local_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
1913 if (small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
1917 if (!no_new_pseudos
)
1918 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1919 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, scratch
,
1920 gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode
, x
)));
1921 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, scratch
, x
);
1930 HOST_WIDE_INT low
, high
;
1932 low
= ((addend
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1934 high
= ((addend
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1938 x
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, PLUS
, x
, GEN_INT (addend
),
1939 (no_new_pseudos
? scratch
: NULL_RTX
),
1940 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
1942 x
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, PLUS
, x
, GEN_INT (high
),
1943 (no_new_pseudos
? scratch
: NULL_RTX
),
1944 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
1946 return plus_constant (x
, low
);
1950 /* We do not allow indirect calls to be optimized into sibling calls, nor
1951 can we allow a call to a function with a different GP to be optimized
1955 alpha_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl
, tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1957 /* Can't do indirect tail calls, since we don't know if the target
1958 uses the same GP. */
1962 /* Otherwise, we can make a tail call if the target function shares
1964 return decl_has_samegp (decl
);
1967 /* For TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS, we don't obfuscate a SYMBOL_REF to a
1968 small symbolic operand until after reload. At which point we need
1969 to replace (mem (symbol_ref)) with (mem (lo_sum $29 symbol_ref))
1970 so that sched2 has the proper dependency information. */
1973 some_small_symbolic_operand_1 (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1977 /* Don't re-split. */
1978 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LO_SUM
)
1981 return small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
) != 0;
1985 some_small_symbolic_operand (rtx x
, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1987 return for_each_rtx (&x
, some_small_symbolic_operand_1
, NULL
);
1991 split_small_symbolic_operand_1 (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1995 /* Don't re-split. */
1996 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LO_SUM
)
1999 if (small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
2001 x
= gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, pic_offset_table_rtx
, x
);
2010 split_small_symbolic_operand (rtx x
)
2013 for_each_rtx (&x
, split_small_symbolic_operand_1
, NULL
);
2017 /* Indicate that INSN cannot be duplicated. This is true for any insn
2018 that we've marked with gpdisp relocs, since those have to stay in
2019 1-1 correspondence with one another.
2021 Technically we could copy them if we could set up a mapping from one
2022 sequence number to another, across the set of insns to be duplicated.
2023 This seems overly complicated and error-prone since interblock motion
2024 from sched-ebb could move one of the pair of insns to a different block.
2026 Also cannot allow jsr insns to be duplicated. If they throw exceptions,
2027 then they'll be in a different block from their ldgp. Which could lead
2028 the bb reorder code to think that it would be ok to copy just the block
2029 containing the call and branch to the block containing the ldgp. */
2032 alpha_cannot_copy_insn_p (rtx insn
)
2034 if (!reload_completed
|| !TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
)
2036 if (recog_memoized (insn
) >= 0)
2037 return get_attr_cannot_copy (insn
);
2043 /* Try a machine-dependent way of reloading an illegitimate address
2044 operand. If we find one, push the reload and return the new rtx. */
2047 alpha_legitimize_reload_address (rtx x
,
2048 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2049 int opnum
, int type
,
2050 int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2052 /* We must recognize output that we have already generated ourselves. */
2053 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
2054 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
2055 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == REG
2056 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
2057 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2059 push_reload (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, &XEXP (x
, 0), NULL
,
2060 BASE_REG_CLASS
, GET_MODE (x
), VOIDmode
, 0, 0,
2065 /* We wish to handle large displacements off a base register by
2066 splitting the addend across an ldah and the mem insn. This
2067 cuts number of extra insns needed from 3 to 1. */
2068 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
2069 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
2070 && REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2071 && REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)))
2072 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2074 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
2075 HOST_WIDE_INT low
= ((val
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2077 = (((val
- low
) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
2079 /* Check for 32-bit overflow. */
2080 if (high
+ low
!= val
)
2083 /* Reload the high part into a base reg; leave the low part
2084 in the mem directly. */
2085 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
),
2086 gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
), XEXP (x
, 0),
2090 push_reload (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, &XEXP (x
, 0), NULL
,
2091 BASE_REG_CLASS
, GET_MODE (x
), VOIDmode
, 0, 0,
2099 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
2100 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
2101 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
2104 alpha_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer_code
, int *total
)
2106 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
2107 bool float_mode_p
= FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
);
2111 /* If this is an 8-bit constant, return zero since it can be used
2112 nearly anywhere with no cost. If it is a valid operand for an
2113 ADD or AND, likewise return 0 if we know it will be used in that
2114 context. Otherwise, return 2 since it might be used there later.
2115 All other constants take at least two insns. */
2117 if (INTVAL (x
) >= 0 && INTVAL (x
) < 256)
2125 if (x
== CONST0_RTX (mode
))
2127 else if ((outer_code
== PLUS
&& add_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
2128 || (outer_code
== AND
&& and_operand (x
, VOIDmode
)))
2130 else if (add_operand (x
, VOIDmode
) || and_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
2133 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
2139 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& small_symbolic_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
2140 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (outer_code
!= MEM
);
2141 else if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& local_symbolic_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
2142 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1 + (outer_code
!= MEM
));
2143 else if (tls_symbolic_operand_type (x
))
2144 /* Estimate of cost for call_pal rduniq. */
2145 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (15);
2147 /* Otherwise we do a load from the GOT. */
2148 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (alpha_memory_latency
);
2154 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].fp_add
;
2155 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MULT
2156 && const48_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1), VOIDmode
))
2158 *total
= (rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), outer_code
)
2159 + rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 1), outer_code
) + 2);
2166 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].fp_mult
;
2167 else if (mode
== DImode
)
2168 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].int_mult_di
;
2170 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].int_mult_si
;
2174 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
2175 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) <= 3)
2177 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
2184 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].int_shift
;
2189 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].fp_add
;
2191 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].int_cmov
;
2199 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (70); /* ??? */
2200 else if (mode
== SFmode
)
2201 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].fp_div_sf
;
2203 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].fp_div_df
;
2207 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (alpha_memory_latency
);
2213 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
2221 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].int_cmov
;
2227 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
2231 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
2232 *total
= alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_cpu
].fp_add
;
2240 /* REF is an alignable memory location. Place an aligned SImode
2241 reference into *PALIGNED_MEM and the number of bits to shift into
2242 *PBITNUM. SCRATCH is a free register for use in reloading out
2243 of range stack slots. */
2246 get_aligned_mem (rtx ref
, rtx
*paligned_mem
, rtx
*pbitnum
)
2249 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
2251 if (GET_CODE (ref
) != MEM
)
2254 if (reload_in_progress
2255 && ! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), XEXP (ref
, 0)))
2257 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
2259 if (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), base
))
2264 base
= XEXP (ref
, 0);
2267 if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
)
2268 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1)), base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
2271 = widen_memory_access (ref
, SImode
, (offset
& ~3) - offset
);
2273 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2274 *pbitnum
= GEN_INT (32 - (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (ref
))
2275 + (offset
& 3) * 8));
2277 *pbitnum
= GEN_INT ((offset
& 3) * 8);
2280 /* Similar, but just get the address. Handle the two reload cases.
2281 Add EXTRA_OFFSET to the address we return. */
2284 get_unaligned_address (rtx ref
, int extra_offset
)
2287 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
2289 if (GET_CODE (ref
) != MEM
)
2292 if (reload_in_progress
2293 && ! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), XEXP (ref
, 0)))
2295 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
2297 if (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), base
))
2302 base
= XEXP (ref
, 0);
2305 if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
)
2306 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1)), base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
2308 return plus_constant (base
, offset
+ extra_offset
);
2311 /* On the Alpha, all (non-symbolic) constants except zero go into
2312 a floating-point register via memory. Note that we cannot
2313 return anything that is not a subset of CLASS, and that some
2314 symbolic constants cannot be dropped to memory. */
2317 alpha_preferred_reload_class(rtx x
, enum reg_class
class)
2319 /* Zero is present in any register class. */
2320 if (x
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x
)))
2323 /* These sorts of constants we can easily drop to memory. */
2324 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
|| GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
2326 if (class == FLOAT_REGS
)
2328 if (class == ALL_REGS
)
2329 return GENERAL_REGS
;
2333 /* All other kinds of constants should not (and in the case of HIGH
2334 cannot) be dropped to memory -- instead we use a GENERAL_REGS
2335 secondary reload. */
2337 return (class == ALL_REGS
? GENERAL_REGS
: class);
2342 /* Loading and storing HImode or QImode values to and from memory
2343 usually requires a scratch register. The exceptions are loading
2344 QImode and HImode from an aligned address to a general register
2345 unless byte instructions are permitted.
2347 We also cannot load an unaligned address or a paradoxical SUBREG
2348 into an FP register.
2350 We also cannot do integral arithmetic into FP regs, as might result
2351 from register elimination into a DImode fp register. */
2354 secondary_reload_class (enum reg_class
class, enum machine_mode mode
,
2357 if ((mode
== QImode
|| mode
== HImode
) && ! TARGET_BWX
)
2359 if (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
2360 || (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
&& REGNO (x
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2361 || (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
2362 && (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)) == MEM
2363 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)) == REG
2364 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
))))
2366 if (!in
|| !aligned_memory_operand(x
, mode
))
2367 return GENERAL_REGS
;
2371 if (class == FLOAT_REGS
)
2373 if (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == AND
)
2374 return GENERAL_REGS
;
2376 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
2377 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
2378 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)))))
2379 return GENERAL_REGS
;
2381 if (in
&& INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode
)
2382 && ! (memory_operand (x
, mode
) || x
== const0_rtx
))
2383 return GENERAL_REGS
;
2389 /* Subfunction of the following function. Update the flags of any MEM
2390 found in part of X. */
2393 alpha_set_memflags_1 (rtx x
, int in_struct_p
, int volatile_p
, int unchanging_p
)
2397 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
2403 for (i
= XVECLEN (x
, 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
2404 alpha_set_memflags_1 (XVECEXP (x
, 0, i
), in_struct_p
, volatile_p
,
2409 alpha_set_memflags_1 (PATTERN (x
), in_struct_p
, volatile_p
,
2414 alpha_set_memflags_1 (SET_DEST (x
), in_struct_p
, volatile_p
,
2416 alpha_set_memflags_1 (SET_SRC (x
), in_struct_p
, volatile_p
,
2421 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x
) = in_struct_p
;
2422 MEM_VOLATILE_P (x
) = volatile_p
;
2423 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x
) = unchanging_p
;
2424 /* Sadly, we cannot use alias sets because the extra aliasing
2425 produced by the AND interferes. Given that two-byte quantities
2426 are the only thing we would be able to differentiate anyway,
2427 there does not seem to be any point in convoluting the early
2428 out of the alias check. */
2436 /* Given INSN, which is an INSN list or the PATTERN of a single insn
2437 generated to perform a memory operation, look for any MEMs in either
2438 a SET_DEST or a SET_SRC and copy the in-struct, unchanging, and
2439 volatile flags from REF into each of the MEMs found. If REF is not
2440 a MEM, don't do anything. */
2443 alpha_set_memflags (rtx insn
, rtx ref
)
2445 int in_struct_p
, volatile_p
, unchanging_p
;
2447 if (GET_CODE (ref
) != MEM
)
2450 in_struct_p
= MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (ref
);
2451 volatile_p
= MEM_VOLATILE_P (ref
);
2452 unchanging_p
= RTX_UNCHANGING_P (ref
);
2454 /* This is only called from alpha.md, after having had something
2455 generated from one of the insn patterns. So if everything is
2456 zero, the pattern is already up-to-date. */
2457 if (! in_struct_p
&& ! volatile_p
&& ! unchanging_p
)
2460 alpha_set_memflags_1 (insn
, in_struct_p
, volatile_p
, unchanging_p
);
2463 /* Internal routine for alpha_emit_set_const to check for N or below insns. */
2466 alpha_emit_set_const_1 (rtx target
, enum machine_mode mode
,
2467 HOST_WIDE_INT c
, int n
)
2471 /* Use a pseudo if highly optimizing and still generating RTL. */
2473 = (flag_expensive_optimizations
&& !no_new_pseudos
? 0 : target
);
2476 /* If this is a sign-extended 32-bit constant, we can do this in at most
2477 three insns, so do it if we have enough insns left. We always have
2478 a sign-extended 32-bit constant when compiling on a narrow machine. */
2480 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
!= 64
2481 || c
>> 31 == -1 || c
>> 31 == 0)
2483 HOST_WIDE_INT low
= ((c
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2484 HOST_WIDE_INT tmp1
= c
- low
;
2485 HOST_WIDE_INT high
= (((tmp1
>> 16) & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2486 HOST_WIDE_INT extra
= 0;
2488 /* If HIGH will be interpreted as negative but the constant is
2489 positive, we must adjust it to do two ldha insns. */
2491 if ((high
& 0x8000) != 0 && c
>= 0)
2495 high
= ((tmp1
>> 16) & 0xffff) - 2 * ((tmp1
>> 16) & 0x8000);
2498 if (c
== low
|| (low
== 0 && extra
== 0))
2500 /* We used to use copy_to_suggested_reg (GEN_INT (c), target, mode)
2501 but that meant that we can't handle INT_MIN on 32-bit machines
2502 (like NT/Alpha), because we recurse indefinitely through
2503 emit_move_insn to gen_movdi. So instead, since we know exactly
2504 what we want, create it explicitly. */
2507 target
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
2508 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, GEN_INT (c
)));
2511 else if (n
>= 2 + (extra
!= 0))
2515 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, GEN_INT (high
<< 16)));
2519 temp
= copy_to_suggested_reg (GEN_INT (high
<< 16),
2522 /* As of 2002-02-23, addsi3 is only available when not optimizing.
2523 This means that if we go through expand_binop, we'll try to
2524 generate extensions, etc, which will require new pseudos, which
2525 will fail during some split phases. The SImode add patterns
2526 still exist, but are not named. So build the insns by hand. */
2531 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
2532 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, temp
, GEN_INT (extra
<< 16));
2533 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, subtarget
, insn
);
2539 target
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
2540 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, temp
, GEN_INT (low
));
2541 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, insn
);
2547 /* If we couldn't do it that way, try some other methods. But if we have
2548 no instructions left, don't bother. Likewise, if this is SImode and
2549 we can't make pseudos, we can't do anything since the expand_binop
2550 and expand_unop calls will widen and try to make pseudos. */
2552 if (n
== 1 || (mode
== SImode
&& no_new_pseudos
))
2555 /* Next, see if we can load a related constant and then shift and possibly
2556 negate it to get the constant we want. Try this once each increasing
2557 numbers of insns. */
2559 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
2561 /* First, see if minus some low bits, we've an easy load of
2564 new = ((c
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2566 && (temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, c
- new, i
)) != 0)
2567 return expand_binop (mode
, add_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (new),
2568 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
2570 /* Next try complementing. */
2571 if ((temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, ~ c
, i
)) != 0)
2572 return expand_unop (mode
, one_cmpl_optab
, temp
, target
, 0);
2574 /* Next try to form a constant and do a left shift. We can do this
2575 if some low-order bits are zero; the exact_log2 call below tells
2576 us that information. The bits we are shifting out could be any
2577 value, but here we'll just try the 0- and sign-extended forms of
2578 the constant. To try to increase the chance of having the same
2579 constant in more than one insn, start at the highest number of
2580 bits to shift, but try all possibilities in case a ZAPNOT will
2583 if ((bits
= exact_log2 (c
& - c
)) > 0)
2584 for (; bits
> 0; bits
--)
2585 if ((temp
= (alpha_emit_set_const
2586 (subtarget
, mode
, c
>> bits
, i
))) != 0
2587 || ((temp
= (alpha_emit_set_const
2589 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) c
) >> bits
, i
)))
2591 return expand_binop (mode
, ashl_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (bits
),
2592 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
2594 /* Now try high-order zero bits. Here we try the shifted-in bits as
2595 all zero and all ones. Be careful to avoid shifting outside the
2596 mode and to avoid shifting outside the host wide int size. */
2597 /* On narrow hosts, don't shift a 1 into the high bit, since we'll
2598 confuse the recursive call and set all of the high 32 bits. */
2600 if ((bits
= (MIN (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) * 8)
2601 - floor_log2 (c
) - 1 - (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
< 64))) > 0)
2602 for (; bits
> 0; bits
--)
2603 if ((temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
,
2605 || ((temp
= (alpha_emit_set_const
2607 ((c
<< bits
) | (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << bits
) - 1)),
2610 return expand_binop (mode
, lshr_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (bits
),
2611 target
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
2613 /* Now try high-order 1 bits. We get that with a sign-extension.
2614 But one bit isn't enough here. Be careful to avoid shifting outside
2615 the mode and to avoid shifting outside the host wide int size. */
2617 if ((bits
= (MIN (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) * 8)
2618 - floor_log2 (~ c
) - 2)) > 0)
2619 for (; bits
> 0; bits
--)
2620 if ((temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
,
2622 || ((temp
= (alpha_emit_set_const
2624 ((c
<< bits
) | (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << bits
) - 1)),
2627 return expand_binop (mode
, ashr_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (bits
),
2628 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
2631 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
2632 /* Finally, see if can load a value into the target that is the same as the
2633 constant except that all bytes that are 0 are changed to be 0xff. If we
2634 can, then we can do a ZAPNOT to obtain the desired constant. */
2637 for (i
= 0; i
< 64; i
+= 8)
2638 if ((new & ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xff << i
)) == 0)
2639 new |= (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xff << i
;
2641 /* We are only called for SImode and DImode. If this is SImode, ensure that
2642 we are sign extended to a full word. */
2645 new = ((new & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
2647 if (new != c
&& new != -1
2648 && (temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new, n
- 1)) != 0)
2649 return expand_binop (mode
, and_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (c
| ~ new),
2650 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
2656 /* Try to output insns to set TARGET equal to the constant C if it can be
2657 done in less than N insns. Do all computations in MODE. Returns the place
2658 where the output has been placed if it can be done and the insns have been
2659 emitted. If it would take more than N insns, zero is returned and no
2660 insns and emitted. */
2663 alpha_emit_set_const (rtx target
, enum machine_mode mode
,
2664 HOST_WIDE_INT c
, int n
)
2667 rtx orig_target
= target
;
2670 /* If we can't make any pseudos, TARGET is an SImode hard register, we
2671 can't load this constant in one insn, do this in DImode. */
2672 if (no_new_pseudos
&& mode
== SImode
2673 && GET_CODE (target
) == REG
&& REGNO (target
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2674 && (result
= alpha_emit_set_const_1 (target
, mode
, c
, 1)) == 0)
2676 target
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, target
);
2680 /* Try 1 insn, then 2, then up to N. */
2681 for (i
= 1; i
<= n
; i
++)
2683 result
= alpha_emit_set_const_1 (target
, mode
, c
, i
);
2686 rtx insn
= get_last_insn ();
2687 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
2688 if (! CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set
)))
2689 set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUAL
, GEN_INT (c
));
2694 /* Allow for the case where we changed the mode of TARGET. */
2695 if (result
== target
)
2696 result
= orig_target
;
2701 /* Having failed to find a 3 insn sequence in alpha_emit_set_const,
2702 fall back to a straight forward decomposition. We do this to avoid
2703 exponential run times encountered when looking for longer sequences
2704 with alpha_emit_set_const. */
2707 alpha_emit_set_long_const (rtx target
, HOST_WIDE_INT c1
, HOST_WIDE_INT c2
)
2709 HOST_WIDE_INT d1
, d2
, d3
, d4
;
2711 /* Decompose the entire word */
2712 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
2713 if (c2
!= -(c1
< 0))
2715 d1
= ((c1
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2717 d2
= ((c1
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
2718 c1
= (c1
- d2
) >> 32;
2719 d3
= ((c1
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2721 d4
= ((c1
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
2725 d1
= ((c1
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2727 d2
= ((c1
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
2731 d3
= ((c2
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
2733 d4
= ((c2
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
2738 /* Construct the high word */
2741 emit_move_insn (target
, GEN_INT (d4
));
2743 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (d3
)));
2746 emit_move_insn (target
, GEN_INT (d3
));
2748 /* Shift it into place */
2749 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (32)));
2751 /* Add in the low bits. */
2753 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (d2
)));
2755 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (d1
)));
2760 /* Expand a move instruction; return true if all work is done.
2761 We don't handle non-bwx subword loads here. */
2764 alpha_expand_mov (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx
*operands
)
2766 /* If the output is not a register, the input must be. */
2767 if (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == MEM
2768 && ! reg_or_0_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2769 operands
[1] = force_reg (mode
, operands
[1]);
2771 /* Allow legitimize_address to perform some simplifications. */
2772 if (mode
== Pmode
&& symbolic_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2776 /* With RTL inlining, at -O3, rtl is generated, stored, then actually
2777 compiled at the end of compilation. In the meantime, someone can
2778 re-encode-section-info on some symbol changing it e.g. from global
2779 to local-not-small. If this happens, we'd have emitted a plain
2780 load rather than a high+losum load and not recognize the insn.
2782 So if rtl inlining is in effect, we delay the global/not-global
2783 decision until rest_of_compilation by wrapping it in an
2785 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& flag_inline_functions
2786 && rtx_equal_function_value_matters
2787 && global_symbolic_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2789 emit_insn (gen_movdi_er_maybe_g (operands
[0], operands
[1]));
2793 tmp
= alpha_legitimize_address (operands
[1], operands
[0], mode
);
2796 if (tmp
== operands
[0])
2803 /* Early out for non-constants and valid constants. */
2804 if (! CONSTANT_P (operands
[1]) || input_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2807 /* Split large integers. */
2808 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == CONST_INT
2809 || GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
2811 HOST_WIDE_INT i0
, i1
;
2812 rtx temp
= NULL_RTX
;
2814 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == CONST_INT
)
2816 i0
= INTVAL (operands
[1]);
2819 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
2821 i0
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (operands
[1]);
2826 i0
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (operands
[1]);
2827 i1
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (operands
[1]);
2830 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64 || i1
== -(i0
< 0))
2831 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (operands
[0], mode
, i0
, 3);
2833 if (!temp
&& TARGET_BUILD_CONSTANTS
)
2834 temp
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (operands
[0], i0
, i1
);
2838 if (rtx_equal_p (operands
[0], temp
))
2845 /* Otherwise we've nothing left but to drop the thing to memory. */
2846 operands
[1] = force_const_mem (mode
, operands
[1]);
2847 if (reload_in_progress
)
2849 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], XEXP (operands
[1], 0));
2850 operands
[1] = copy_rtx (operands
[1]);
2851 XEXP (operands
[1], 0) = operands
[0];
2854 operands
[1] = validize_mem (operands
[1]);
2858 /* Expand a non-bwx QImode or HImode move instruction;
2859 return true if all work is done. */
2862 alpha_expand_mov_nobwx (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx
*operands
)
2864 /* If the output is not a register, the input must be. */
2865 if (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == MEM
)
2866 operands
[1] = force_reg (mode
, operands
[1]);
2868 /* Handle four memory cases, unaligned and aligned for either the input
2869 or the output. The only case where we can be called during reload is
2870 for aligned loads; all other cases require temporaries. */
2872 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == MEM
2873 || (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == SUBREG
2874 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (operands
[1])) == MEM
)
2875 || (reload_in_progress
&& GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == REG
2876 && REGNO (operands
[1]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2877 || (reload_in_progress
&& GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == SUBREG
2878 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (operands
[1])) == REG
2879 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operands
[1])) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
))
2881 if (aligned_memory_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2883 if (reload_in_progress
)
2885 emit_insn ((mode
== QImode
2886 ? gen_reload_inqi_help
2887 : gen_reload_inhi_help
)
2888 (operands
[0], operands
[1],
2889 gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[0]))));
2893 rtx aligned_mem
, bitnum
;
2894 rtx scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
2898 get_aligned_mem (operands
[1], &aligned_mem
, &bitnum
);
2900 subtarget
= operands
[0];
2901 if (GET_CODE (subtarget
) == REG
)
2902 subtarget
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, subtarget
), copyout
= false;
2904 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
), copyout
= true;
2906 emit_insn ((mode
== QImode
2907 ? gen_aligned_loadqi
2908 : gen_aligned_loadhi
)
2909 (subtarget
, aligned_mem
, bitnum
, scratch
));
2912 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], gen_lowpart (mode
, subtarget
));
2917 /* Don't pass these as parameters since that makes the generated
2918 code depend on parameter evaluation order which will cause
2919 bootstrap failures. */
2921 rtx temp1
, temp2
, seq
, subtarget
;
2924 temp1
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2925 temp2
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2927 subtarget
= operands
[0];
2928 if (GET_CODE (subtarget
) == REG
)
2929 subtarget
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, subtarget
), copyout
= false;
2931 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
), copyout
= true;
2933 seq
= ((mode
== QImode
2934 ? gen_unaligned_loadqi
2935 : gen_unaligned_loadhi
)
2936 (subtarget
, get_unaligned_address (operands
[1], 0),
2938 alpha_set_memflags (seq
, operands
[1]);
2942 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], gen_lowpart (mode
, subtarget
));
2947 if (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == MEM
2948 || (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == SUBREG
2949 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (operands
[0])) == MEM
)
2950 || (reload_in_progress
&& GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == REG
2951 && REGNO (operands
[0]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2952 || (reload_in_progress
&& GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == SUBREG
2953 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (operands
[0])) == REG
2954 && REGNO (operands
[0]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
))
2956 if (aligned_memory_operand (operands
[0], mode
))
2958 rtx aligned_mem
, bitnum
;
2959 rtx temp1
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
2960 rtx temp2
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
2962 get_aligned_mem (operands
[0], &aligned_mem
, &bitnum
);
2964 emit_insn (gen_aligned_store (aligned_mem
, operands
[1], bitnum
,
2969 rtx temp1
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2970 rtx temp2
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2971 rtx temp3
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2972 rtx seq
= ((mode
== QImode
2973 ? gen_unaligned_storeqi
2974 : gen_unaligned_storehi
)
2975 (get_unaligned_address (operands
[0], 0),
2976 operands
[1], temp1
, temp2
, temp3
));
2978 alpha_set_memflags (seq
, operands
[0]);
2987 /* Generate an unsigned DImode to FP conversion. This is the same code
2988 optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns.
2990 For SFmode, this is the only construction I've found that can pass
2991 gcc.c-torture/execute/ieee/rbug.c. No scenario that uses DFmode
2992 intermediates will work, because you'll get intermediate rounding
2993 that ruins the end result. Some of this could be fixed by turning
2994 on round-to-positive-infinity, but that requires diddling the fpsr,
2995 which kills performance. I tried turning this around and converting
2996 to a negative number, so that I could turn on /m, but either I did
2997 it wrong or there's something else cause I wound up with the exact
2998 same single-bit error. There is a branch-less form of this same code:
3009 fcmoveq $f10,$f11,$f0
3011 I'm not using it because it's the same number of instructions as
3012 this branch-full form, and it has more serialized long latency
3013 instructions on the critical path.
3015 For DFmode, we can avoid rounding errors by breaking up the word
3016 into two pieces, converting them separately, and adding them back:
3018 LC0: .long 0,0x5f800000
3023 cpyse $f11,$f31,$f10
3024 cpyse $f31,$f11,$f11
3032 This doesn't seem to be a clear-cut win over the optabs form.
3033 It probably all depends on the distribution of numbers being
3034 converted -- in the optabs form, all but high-bit-set has a
3035 much lower minimum execution time. */
3038 alpha_emit_floatuns (rtx operands
[2])
3040 rtx neglab
, donelab
, i0
, i1
, f0
, in
, out
;
3041 enum machine_mode mode
;
3044 in
= force_reg (DImode
, operands
[1]);
3045 mode
= GET_MODE (out
);
3046 neglab
= gen_label_rtx ();
3047 donelab
= gen_label_rtx ();
3048 i0
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3049 i1
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3050 f0
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
3052 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in
, const0_rtx
, LT
, const0_rtx
, DImode
, 0, neglab
);
3054 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, out
, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode
, in
)));
3055 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab
));
3058 emit_label (neglab
);
3060 emit_insn (gen_lshrdi3 (i0
, in
, const1_rtx
));
3061 emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (i1
, in
, const1_rtx
));
3062 emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (i0
, i0
, i1
));
3063 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, f0
, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode
, i0
)));
3064 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, out
, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, f0
, f0
)));
3066 emit_label (donelab
);
3069 /* Generate the comparison for a conditional branch. */
3072 alpha_emit_conditional_branch (enum rtx_code code
)
3074 enum rtx_code cmp_code
, branch_code
;
3075 enum machine_mode cmp_mode
, branch_mode
= VOIDmode
;
3076 rtx op0
= alpha_compare
.op0
, op1
= alpha_compare
.op1
;
3079 if (alpha_compare
.fp_p
&& GET_MODE (op0
) == TFmode
)
3081 if (! TARGET_HAS_XFLOATING_LIBS
)
3084 /* X_floating library comparison functions return
3088 Convert the compare against the raw return value. */
3110 op0
= alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (cmp_code
, op0
, op1
);
3112 alpha_compare
.fp_p
= 0;
3115 /* The general case: fold the comparison code to the types of compares
3116 that we have, choosing the branch as necessary. */
3119 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
3121 /* We have these compares: */
3122 cmp_code
= code
, branch_code
= NE
;
3127 /* These must be reversed. */
3128 cmp_code
= reverse_condition (code
), branch_code
= EQ
;
3131 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
3132 /* For FP, we swap them, for INT, we reverse them. */
3133 if (alpha_compare
.fp_p
)
3135 cmp_code
= swap_condition (code
);
3137 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
3141 cmp_code
= reverse_condition (code
);
3150 if (alpha_compare
.fp_p
)
3153 if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
)
3155 /* When we are not as concerned about non-finite values, and we
3156 are comparing against zero, we can branch directly. */
3157 if (op1
== CONST0_RTX (DFmode
))
3158 cmp_code
= NIL
, branch_code
= code
;
3159 else if (op0
== CONST0_RTX (DFmode
))
3161 /* Undo the swap we probably did just above. */
3162 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
3163 branch_code
= swap_condition (cmp_code
);
3169 /* ??? We mark the branch mode to be CCmode to prevent the
3170 compare and branch from being combined, since the compare
3171 insn follows IEEE rules that the branch does not. */
3172 branch_mode
= CCmode
;
3179 /* The following optimizations are only for signed compares. */
3180 if (code
!= LEU
&& code
!= LTU
&& code
!= GEU
&& code
!= GTU
)
3182 /* Whee. Compare and branch against 0 directly. */
3183 if (op1
== const0_rtx
)
3184 cmp_code
= NIL
, branch_code
= code
;
3186 /* If the constants doesn't fit into an immediate, but can
3187 be generated by lda/ldah, we adjust the argument and
3188 compare against zero, so we can use beq/bne directly. */
3189 else if (GET_CODE (op1
) == CONST_INT
&& (code
== EQ
|| code
== NE
))
3191 HOST_WIDE_INT v
= INTVAL (op1
), n
= -v
;
3193 if (! CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (v
, 'I')
3194 && (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (n
, 'K')
3195 || CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (n
, 'L')))
3197 cmp_code
= PLUS
, branch_code
= code
;
3203 if (!reg_or_0_operand (op0
, DImode
))
3204 op0
= force_reg (DImode
, op0
);
3205 if (cmp_code
!= PLUS
&& !reg_or_8bit_operand (op1
, DImode
))
3206 op1
= force_reg (DImode
, op1
);
3209 /* Emit an initial compare instruction, if necessary. */
3211 if (cmp_code
!= NIL
)
3213 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode
);
3214 emit_move_insn (tem
, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code
, cmp_mode
, op0
, op1
));
3217 /* Zero the operands. */
3218 memset (&alpha_compare
, 0, sizeof (alpha_compare
));
3220 /* Return the branch comparison. */
3221 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (branch_code
, branch_mode
, tem
, CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
));
3224 /* Certain simplifications can be done to make invalid setcc operations
3225 valid. Return the final comparison, or NULL if we can't work. */
3228 alpha_emit_setcc (enum rtx_code code
)
3230 enum rtx_code cmp_code
;
3231 rtx op0
= alpha_compare
.op0
, op1
= alpha_compare
.op1
;
3232 int fp_p
= alpha_compare
.fp_p
;
3235 /* Zero the operands. */
3236 memset (&alpha_compare
, 0, sizeof (alpha_compare
));
3238 if (fp_p
&& GET_MODE (op0
) == TFmode
)
3240 if (! TARGET_HAS_XFLOATING_LIBS
)
3243 /* X_floating library comparison functions return
3247 Convert the compare against the raw return value. */
3249 if (code
== UNORDERED
|| code
== ORDERED
)
3254 op0
= alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (cmp_code
, op0
, op1
);
3258 if (code
== UNORDERED
)
3260 else if (code
== ORDERED
)
3266 if (fp_p
&& !TARGET_FIX
)
3269 /* The general case: fold the comparison code to the types of compares
3270 that we have, choosing the branch as necessary. */
3275 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
3277 /* We have these compares. */
3279 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
3283 if (!fp_p
&& op1
== const0_rtx
)
3288 cmp_code
= reverse_condition (code
);
3292 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
3293 /* These normally need swapping, but for integer zero we have
3294 special patterns that recognize swapped operands. */
3295 if (!fp_p
&& op1
== const0_rtx
)
3297 code
= swap_condition (code
);
3299 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
3300 tmp
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tmp
;
3309 if (!register_operand (op0
, DImode
))
3310 op0
= force_reg (DImode
, op0
);
3311 if (!reg_or_8bit_operand (op1
, DImode
))
3312 op1
= force_reg (DImode
, op1
);
3315 /* Emit an initial compare instruction, if necessary. */
3316 if (cmp_code
!= NIL
)
3318 enum machine_mode mode
= fp_p
? DFmode
: DImode
;
3320 tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
3321 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, tmp
,
3322 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code
, mode
, op0
, op1
)));
3324 op0
= fp_p
? gen_lowpart (DImode
, tmp
) : tmp
;
3328 /* Return the setcc comparison. */
3329 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, op0
, op1
);
3333 /* Rewrite a comparison against zero CMP of the form
3334 (CODE (cc0) (const_int 0)) so it can be written validly in
3335 a conditional move (if_then_else CMP ...).
3336 If both of the operands that set cc0 are nonzero we must emit
3337 an insn to perform the compare (it can't be done within
3338 the conditional move). */
3341 alpha_emit_conditional_move (rtx cmp
, enum machine_mode mode
)
3343 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (cmp
);
3344 enum rtx_code cmov_code
= NE
;
3345 rtx op0
= alpha_compare
.op0
;
3346 rtx op1
= alpha_compare
.op1
;
3347 int fp_p
= alpha_compare
.fp_p
;
3348 enum machine_mode cmp_mode
3349 = (GET_MODE (op0
) == VOIDmode
? DImode
: GET_MODE (op0
));
3350 enum machine_mode cmp_op_mode
= fp_p
? DFmode
: DImode
;
3351 enum machine_mode cmov_mode
= VOIDmode
;
3352 int local_fast_math
= flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
;
3355 /* Zero the operands. */
3356 memset (&alpha_compare
, 0, sizeof (alpha_compare
));
3358 if (fp_p
!= FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
3360 enum rtx_code cmp_code
;
3365 /* If we have fp<->int register move instructions, do a cmov by
3366 performing the comparison in fp registers, and move the
3367 zero/nonzero value to integer registers, where we can then
3368 use a normal cmov, or vice-versa. */
3372 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
3373 /* We have these compares. */
3374 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
3378 /* This must be reversed. */
3379 cmp_code
= EQ
, code
= EQ
;
3382 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
3383 /* These normally need swapping, but for integer zero we have
3384 special patterns that recognize swapped operands. */
3385 if (!fp_p
&& op1
== const0_rtx
)
3386 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
3389 cmp_code
= swap_condition (code
);
3391 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
3399 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (cmp_op_mode
);
3400 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, tem
,
3401 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code
, cmp_op_mode
,
3404 cmp_mode
= cmp_op_mode
= fp_p
? DImode
: DFmode
;
3405 op0
= gen_lowpart (cmp_op_mode
, tem
);
3406 op1
= CONST0_RTX (cmp_op_mode
);
3408 local_fast_math
= 1;
3411 /* We may be able to use a conditional move directly.
3412 This avoids emitting spurious compares. */
3413 if (signed_comparison_operator (cmp
, VOIDmode
)
3414 && (!fp_p
|| local_fast_math
)
3415 && (op0
== CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
) || op1
== CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
)))
3416 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, VOIDmode
, op0
, op1
);
3418 /* We can't put the comparison inside the conditional move;
3419 emit a compare instruction and put that inside the
3420 conditional move. Make sure we emit only comparisons we have;
3421 swap or reverse as necessary. */
3428 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
3429 /* We have these compares: */
3433 /* This must be reversed. */
3434 code
= reverse_condition (code
);
3438 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
3439 /* These must be swapped. */
3440 if (op1
!= CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
))
3442 code
= swap_condition (code
);
3443 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
3453 if (!reg_or_0_operand (op0
, DImode
))
3454 op0
= force_reg (DImode
, op0
);
3455 if (!reg_or_8bit_operand (op1
, DImode
))
3456 op1
= force_reg (DImode
, op1
);
3459 /* ??? We mark the branch mode to be CCmode to prevent the compare
3460 and cmov from being combined, since the compare insn follows IEEE
3461 rules that the cmov does not. */
3462 if (fp_p
&& !local_fast_math
)
3465 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (cmp_op_mode
);
3466 emit_move_insn (tem
, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, cmp_op_mode
, op0
, op1
));
3467 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmov_code
, cmov_mode
, tem
, CONST0_RTX (cmp_op_mode
));
3470 /* Simplify a conditional move of two constants into a setcc with
3471 arithmetic. This is done with a splitter since combine would
3472 just undo the work if done during code generation. It also catches
3473 cases we wouldn't have before cse. */
3476 alpha_split_conditional_move (enum rtx_code code
, rtx dest
, rtx cond
,
3477 rtx t_rtx
, rtx f_rtx
)
3479 HOST_WIDE_INT t
, f
, diff
;
3480 enum machine_mode mode
;
3481 rtx target
, subtarget
, tmp
;
3483 mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
3488 if (((code
== NE
|| code
== EQ
) && diff
< 0)
3489 || (code
== GE
|| code
== GT
))
3491 code
= reverse_condition (code
);
3492 diff
= t
, t
= f
, f
= diff
;
3496 subtarget
= target
= dest
;
3499 target
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, dest
);
3500 if (! no_new_pseudos
)
3501 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3505 /* Below, we must be careful to use copy_rtx on target and subtarget
3506 in intermediate insns, as they may be a subreg rtx, which may not
3509 if (f
== 0 && exact_log2 (diff
) > 0
3510 /* On EV6, we've got enough shifters to make non-arithmetic shifts
3511 viable over a longer latency cmove. On EV5, the E0 slot is a
3512 scarce resource, and on EV4 shift has the same latency as a cmove. */
3513 && (diff
<= 8 || alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV6
))
3515 tmp
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
3516 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), tmp
));
3518 tmp
= gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
),
3519 GEN_INT (exact_log2 (t
)));
3520 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, tmp
));
3522 else if (f
== 0 && t
== -1)
3524 tmp
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
3525 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), tmp
));
3527 emit_insn (gen_negdi2 (target
, copy_rtx (subtarget
)));
3529 else if (diff
== 1 || diff
== 4 || diff
== 8)
3533 tmp
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
3534 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), tmp
));
3537 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (target
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), GEN_INT (f
)));
3540 add_op
= GEN_INT (f
);
3541 if (sext_add_operand (add_op
, mode
))
3543 tmp
= gen_rtx_MULT (DImode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
),
3545 tmp
= gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, tmp
, add_op
);
3546 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, tmp
));
3558 /* Look up the function X_floating library function name for the
3562 alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (enum rtx_code code
)
3566 const enum rtx_code code
;
3567 const char *const func
;
3570 static const struct xfloating_op vms_xfloating_ops
[] =
3572 { PLUS
, "OTS$ADD_X" },
3573 { MINUS
, "OTS$SUB_X" },
3574 { MULT
, "OTS$MUL_X" },
3575 { DIV
, "OTS$DIV_X" },
3576 { EQ
, "OTS$EQL_X" },
3577 { NE
, "OTS$NEQ_X" },
3578 { LT
, "OTS$LSS_X" },
3579 { LE
, "OTS$LEQ_X" },
3580 { GT
, "OTS$GTR_X" },
3581 { GE
, "OTS$GEQ_X" },
3582 { FIX
, "OTS$CVTXQ" },
3583 { FLOAT
, "OTS$CVTQX" },
3584 { UNSIGNED_FLOAT
, "OTS$CVTQUX" },
3585 { FLOAT_EXTEND
, "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_T_X" },
3586 { FLOAT_TRUNCATE
, "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_X_T" },
3589 static const struct xfloating_op osf_xfloating_ops
[] =
3591 { PLUS
, "_OtsAddX" },
3592 { MINUS
, "_OtsSubX" },
3593 { MULT
, "_OtsMulX" },
3594 { DIV
, "_OtsDivX" },
3601 { FIX
, "_OtsCvtXQ" },
3602 { FLOAT
, "_OtsCvtQX" },
3603 { UNSIGNED_FLOAT
, "_OtsCvtQUX" },
3604 { FLOAT_EXTEND
, "_OtsConvertFloatTX" },
3605 { FLOAT_TRUNCATE
, "_OtsConvertFloatXT" },
3608 const struct xfloating_op
*ops
;
3609 const long n
= ARRAY_SIZE (osf_xfloating_ops
);
3612 /* How irritating. Nothing to key off for the table. Hardcode
3613 knowledge of the G_floating routines. */
3614 if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
)
3616 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
3618 if (code
== FLOAT_EXTEND
)
3619 return "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_G_X";
3620 if (code
== FLOAT_TRUNCATE
)
3621 return "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_X_G";
3625 if (code
== FLOAT_EXTEND
)
3626 return "_OtsConvertFloatGX";
3627 if (code
== FLOAT_TRUNCATE
)
3628 return "_OtsConvertFloatXG";
3632 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
3633 ops
= vms_xfloating_ops
;
3635 ops
= osf_xfloating_ops
;
3637 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
3638 if (ops
[i
].code
== code
)
3644 /* Most X_floating operations take the rounding mode as an argument.
3645 Compute that here. */
3648 alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (enum rtx_code code
,
3649 enum alpha_fp_rounding_mode round
)
3655 case ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
:
3658 case ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
:
3661 case ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
:
3664 case ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
:
3670 /* XXX For reference, round to +inf is mode = 3. */
3673 if (code
== FLOAT_TRUNCATE
&& alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_N
)
3679 /* Emit an X_floating library function call.
3681 Note that these functions do not follow normal calling conventions:
3682 TFmode arguments are passed in two integer registers (as opposed to
3683 indirect); TFmode return values appear in R16+R17.
3685 FUNC is the function name to call.
3686 TARGET is where the output belongs.
3687 OPERANDS are the inputs.
3688 NOPERANDS is the count of inputs.
3689 EQUIV is the expression equivalent for the function.
3693 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (const char *func
, rtx target
, rtx operands
[],
3694 int noperands
, rtx equiv
)
3696 rtx usage
= NULL_RTX
, tmp
, reg
;
3701 for (i
= 0; i
< noperands
; ++i
)
3703 switch (GET_MODE (operands
[i
]))
3706 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (TFmode
, regno
);
3711 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, regno
+ 32);
3716 if (GET_CODE (operands
[i
]) != CONST_INT
)
3720 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, regno
);
3728 emit_move_insn (reg
, operands
[i
]);
3729 usage
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, reg
), usage
);
3732 switch (GET_MODE (target
))
3735 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (TFmode
, 16);
3738 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, 32);
3741 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 0);
3747 tmp
= gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
, init_one_libfunc (func
));
3748 tmp
= emit_call_insn (GEN_CALL_VALUE (reg
, tmp
, const0_rtx
,
3749 const0_rtx
, const0_rtx
));
3750 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (tmp
) = usage
;
3755 emit_libcall_block (tmp
, target
, reg
, equiv
);
3758 /* Emit an X_floating library function call for arithmetic (+,-,*,/). */
3761 alpha_emit_xfloating_arith (enum rtx_code code
, rtx operands
[])
3765 rtx out_operands
[3];
3767 func
= alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (code
);
3768 mode
= alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code
, alpha_fprm
);
3770 out_operands
[0] = operands
[1];
3771 out_operands
[1] = operands
[2];
3772 out_operands
[2] = GEN_INT (mode
);
3773 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func
, operands
[0], out_operands
, 3,
3774 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, TFmode
, operands
[1],
3778 /* Emit an X_floating library function call for a comparison. */
3781 alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (enum rtx_code code
, rtx op0
, rtx op1
)
3784 rtx out
, operands
[2];
3786 func
= alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (code
);
3790 out
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3792 /* ??? Strange mode for equiv because what's actually returned
3793 is -1,0,1, not a proper boolean value. */
3794 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func
, out
, operands
, 2,
3795 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, CCmode
, op0
, op1
));
3800 /* Emit an X_floating library function call for a conversion. */
3803 alpha_emit_xfloating_cvt (enum rtx_code orig_code
, rtx operands
[])
3805 int noperands
= 1, mode
;
3806 rtx out_operands
[2];
3808 enum rtx_code code
= orig_code
;
3810 if (code
== UNSIGNED_FIX
)
3813 func
= alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (code
);
3815 out_operands
[0] = operands
[1];
3820 mode
= alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code
, ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
);
3821 out_operands
[1] = GEN_INT (mode
);
3824 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
3825 mode
= alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code
, alpha_fprm
);
3826 out_operands
[1] = GEN_INT (mode
);
3833 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func
, operands
[0], out_operands
, noperands
,
3834 gen_rtx_fmt_e (orig_code
,
3835 GET_MODE (operands
[0]),
3839 /* Split a TFmode OP[1] into DImode OP[2,3] and likewise for
3840 OP[0] into OP[0,1]. Naturally, output operand ordering is
3844 alpha_split_tfmode_pair (rtx operands
[4])
3846 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == REG
)
3848 operands
[3] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[1]) + 1);
3849 operands
[2] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[1]));
3851 else if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == MEM
)
3853 operands
[3] = adjust_address (operands
[1], DImode
, 8);
3854 operands
[2] = adjust_address (operands
[1], DImode
, 0);
3856 else if (operands
[1] == CONST0_RTX (TFmode
))
3857 operands
[2] = operands
[3] = const0_rtx
;
3861 if (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == REG
)
3863 operands
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[0]) + 1);
3864 operands
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[0]));
3866 else if (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == MEM
)
3868 operands
[1] = adjust_address (operands
[0], DImode
, 8);
3869 operands
[0] = adjust_address (operands
[0], DImode
, 0);
3875 /* Implement negtf2 or abstf2. Op0 is destination, op1 is source,
3876 op2 is a register containing the sign bit, operation is the
3877 logical operation to be performed. */
3880 alpha_split_tfmode_frobsign (rtx operands
[3], rtx (*operation
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
))
3882 rtx high_bit
= operands
[2];
3886 alpha_split_tfmode_pair (operands
);
3888 /* Detect three flavors of operand overlap. */
3890 if (rtx_equal_p (operands
[0], operands
[2]))
3892 else if (rtx_equal_p (operands
[1], operands
[2]))
3894 if (rtx_equal_p (operands
[0], high_bit
))
3901 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], operands
[2]);
3903 /* ??? If the destination overlaps both source tf and high_bit, then
3904 assume source tf is dead in its entirety and use the other half
3905 for a scratch register. Otherwise "scratch" is just the proper
3906 destination register. */
3907 scratch
= operands
[move
< 2 ? 1 : 3];
3909 emit_insn ((*operation
) (scratch
, high_bit
, operands
[3]));
3913 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], operands
[2]);
3915 emit_move_insn (operands
[1], scratch
);
3919 /* Use ext[wlq][lh] as the Architecture Handbook describes for extracting
3923 word: ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r1,X(r11)
3924 ldq_u r2,X+1(r11) ldq_u r2,X+1(r11)
3925 lda r3,X(r11) lda r3,X+2(r11)
3926 extwl r1,r3,r1 extql r1,r3,r1
3927 extwh r2,r3,r2 extqh r2,r3,r2
3928 or r1.r2.r1 or r1,r2,r1
3931 long: ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r1,X(r11)
3932 ldq_u r2,X+3(r11) ldq_u r2,X+3(r11)
3933 lda r3,X(r11) lda r3,X(r11)
3934 extll r1,r3,r1 extll r1,r3,r1
3935 extlh r2,r3,r2 extlh r2,r3,r2
3936 or r1.r2.r1 addl r1,r2,r1
3938 quad: ldq_u r1,X(r11)
3947 alpha_expand_unaligned_load (rtx tgt
, rtx mem
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
,
3948 HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
, int sign
)
3950 rtx meml
, memh
, addr
, extl
, exth
, tmp
, mema
;
3951 enum machine_mode mode
;
3953 meml
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3954 memh
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3955 addr
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3956 extl
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3957 exth
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3959 mema
= XEXP (mem
, 0);
3960 if (GET_CODE (mema
) == LO_SUM
)
3961 mema
= force_reg (Pmode
, mema
);
3963 /* AND addresses cannot be in any alias set, since they may implicitly
3964 alias surrounding code. Ideally we'd have some alias set that
3965 covered all types except those with alignment 8 or higher. */
3967 tmp
= change_address (mem
, DImode
,
3968 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3969 plus_constant (mema
, ofs
),
3971 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
3972 emit_move_insn (meml
, tmp
);
3974 tmp
= change_address (mem
, DImode
,
3975 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3976 plus_constant (mema
, ofs
+ size
- 1),
3978 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
3979 emit_move_insn (memh
, tmp
);
3981 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
&& sign
&& (size
== 2 || size
== 4))
3983 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, -1));
3985 emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
3986 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (exth
, memh
, GEN_INT (64), addr
));
3988 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, extl
, exth
, tgt
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3989 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ashr_optab
, addr
, GEN_INT (64 - size
*8),
3990 addr
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3992 else if (sign
&& size
== 2)
3994 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, ofs
+2));
3996 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (extl
, meml
, GEN_INT (64), addr
));
3997 emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
3999 /* We must use tgt here for the target. Alpha-vms port fails if we use
4000 addr for the target, because addr is marked as a pointer and combine
4001 knows that pointers are always sign-extended 32 bit values. */
4002 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, extl
, exth
, tgt
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4003 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ashr_optab
, addr
, GEN_INT (48),
4004 addr
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4008 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4010 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, ofs
+size
-1));
4014 emit_insn (gen_extwh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
4019 emit_insn (gen_extlh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
4024 emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
4031 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (exth
, memh
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
4035 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, ofs
));
4036 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (extl
, meml
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
4040 emit_insn (gen_extwh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
4045 emit_insn (gen_extlh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
4050 emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
4059 addr
= expand_binop (mode
, ior_optab
, gen_lowpart (mode
, extl
),
4060 gen_lowpart (mode
, exth
), gen_lowpart (mode
, tgt
),
4065 emit_move_insn (tgt
, gen_lowpart(GET_MODE (tgt
), addr
));
4068 /* Similarly, use ins and msk instructions to perform unaligned stores. */
4071 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (rtx dst
, rtx src
,
4072 HOST_WIDE_INT size
, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
)
4074 rtx dstl
, dsth
, addr
, insl
, insh
, meml
, memh
, dsta
;
4076 dstl
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4077 dsth
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4078 insl
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4079 insh
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4081 dsta
= XEXP (dst
, 0);
4082 if (GET_CODE (dsta
) == LO_SUM
)
4083 dsta
= force_reg (Pmode
, dsta
);
4085 /* AND addresses cannot be in any alias set, since they may implicitly
4086 alias surrounding code. Ideally we'd have some alias set that
4087 covered all types except those with alignment 8 or higher. */
4089 meml
= change_address (dst
, DImode
,
4090 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4091 plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
),
4093 set_mem_alias_set (meml
, 0);
4095 memh
= change_address (dst
, DImode
,
4096 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4097 plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
+ size
- 1),
4099 set_mem_alias_set (memh
, 0);
4101 emit_move_insn (dsth
, memh
);
4102 emit_move_insn (dstl
, meml
);
4103 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4105 addr
= copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
+size
-1));
4107 if (src
!= const0_rtx
)
4112 emit_insn (gen_inswl_be (insh
, gen_lowpart (HImode
,src
), addr
));
4115 emit_insn (gen_insll_be (insh
, gen_lowpart (SImode
,src
), addr
));
4118 emit_insn (gen_insql_be (insh
, gen_lowpart (DImode
,src
), addr
));
4121 emit_insn (gen_insxh (insl
, gen_lowpart (DImode
, src
),
4122 GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
4128 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth
, dsth
, GEN_INT (0xffff), addr
));
4132 rtx msk
= immed_double_const (0xffffffff, 0, DImode
);
4133 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth
, dsth
, msk
, addr
));
4137 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth
, dsth
, constm1_rtx
, addr
));
4141 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (dstl
, dstl
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
4145 addr
= copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
));
4147 if (src
!= const0_rtx
)
4149 emit_insn (gen_insxh (insh
, gen_lowpart (DImode
, src
),
4150 GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
4155 emit_insn (gen_inswl_le (insl
, gen_lowpart (HImode
, src
), addr
));
4158 emit_insn (gen_insll_le (insl
, gen_lowpart (SImode
, src
), addr
));
4161 emit_insn (gen_insql_le (insl
, src
, addr
));
4166 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (dsth
, dsth
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
4171 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl
, dstl
, GEN_INT (0xffff), addr
));
4175 rtx msk
= immed_double_const (0xffffffff, 0, DImode
);
4176 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl
, dstl
, msk
, addr
));
4180 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl
, dstl
, constm1_rtx
, addr
));
4185 if (src
!= const0_rtx
)
4187 dsth
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, insh
, dsth
, dsth
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4188 dstl
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, insl
, dstl
, dstl
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4191 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4193 emit_move_insn (meml
, dstl
);
4194 emit_move_insn (memh
, dsth
);
4198 /* Must store high before low for degenerate case of aligned. */
4199 emit_move_insn (memh
, dsth
);
4200 emit_move_insn (meml
, dstl
);
4204 /* The block move code tries to maximize speed by separating loads and
4205 stores at the expense of register pressure: we load all of the data
4206 before we store it back out. There are two secondary effects worth
4207 mentioning, that this speeds copying to/from aligned and unaligned
4208 buffers, and that it makes the code significantly easier to write. */
4210 #define MAX_MOVE_WORDS 8
4212 /* Load an integral number of consecutive unaligned quadwords. */
4215 alpha_expand_unaligned_load_words (rtx
*out_regs
, rtx smem
,
4216 HOST_WIDE_INT words
, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
)
4218 rtx
const im8
= GEN_INT (-8);
4219 rtx
const i64
= GEN_INT (64);
4220 rtx ext_tmps
[MAX_MOVE_WORDS
], data_regs
[MAX_MOVE_WORDS
+1];
4221 rtx sreg
, areg
, tmp
, smema
;
4224 smema
= XEXP (smem
, 0);
4225 if (GET_CODE (smema
) == LO_SUM
)
4226 smema
= force_reg (Pmode
, smema
);
4228 /* Generate all the tmp registers we need. */
4229 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4231 data_regs
[i
] = out_regs
[i
];
4232 ext_tmps
[i
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4234 data_regs
[words
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4237 smem
= adjust_address (smem
, GET_MODE (smem
), ofs
);
4239 /* Load up all of the source data. */
4240 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4242 tmp
= change_address (smem
, DImode
,
4243 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4244 plus_constant (smema
, 8*i
),
4246 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
4247 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[i
], tmp
);
4250 tmp
= change_address (smem
, DImode
,
4251 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4252 plus_constant (smema
, 8*words
- 1),
4254 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
4255 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[words
], tmp
);
4257 /* Extract the half-word fragments. Unfortunately DEC decided to make
4258 extxh with offset zero a noop instead of zeroing the register, so
4259 we must take care of that edge condition ourselves with cmov. */
4261 sreg
= copy_addr_to_reg (smema
);
4262 areg
= expand_binop (DImode
, and_optab
, sreg
, GEN_INT (7), NULL
,
4264 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4265 emit_move_insn (sreg
, plus_constant (sreg
, 7));
4266 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4268 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4270 emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], sreg
));
4271 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (ext_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
+1], i64
, sreg
));
4275 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], i64
, sreg
));
4276 emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (ext_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
+1], sreg
));
4278 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, ext_tmps
[i
],
4279 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (DImode
,
4280 gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, areg
,
4282 const0_rtx
, ext_tmps
[i
])));
4285 /* Merge the half-words into whole words. */
4286 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4288 out_regs
[i
] = expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, data_regs
[i
],
4289 ext_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
], 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4293 /* Store an integral number of consecutive unaligned quadwords. DATA_REGS
4294 may be NULL to store zeros. */
4297 alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (rtx
*data_regs
, rtx dmem
,
4298 HOST_WIDE_INT words
, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
)
4300 rtx
const im8
= GEN_INT (-8);
4301 rtx
const i64
= GEN_INT (64);
4302 rtx ins_tmps
[MAX_MOVE_WORDS
];
4303 rtx st_tmp_1
, st_tmp_2
, dreg
;
4304 rtx st_addr_1
, st_addr_2
, dmema
;
4307 dmema
= XEXP (dmem
, 0);
4308 if (GET_CODE (dmema
) == LO_SUM
)
4309 dmema
= force_reg (Pmode
, dmema
);
4311 /* Generate all the tmp registers we need. */
4312 if (data_regs
!= NULL
)
4313 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4314 ins_tmps
[i
] = gen_reg_rtx(DImode
);
4315 st_tmp_1
= gen_reg_rtx(DImode
);
4316 st_tmp_2
= gen_reg_rtx(DImode
);
4319 dmem
= adjust_address (dmem
, GET_MODE (dmem
), ofs
);
4321 st_addr_2
= change_address (dmem
, DImode
,
4322 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4323 plus_constant (dmema
, words
*8 - 1),
4325 set_mem_alias_set (st_addr_2
, 0);
4327 st_addr_1
= change_address (dmem
, DImode
,
4328 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
, dmema
, im8
));
4329 set_mem_alias_set (st_addr_1
, 0);
4331 /* Load up the destination end bits. */
4332 emit_move_insn (st_tmp_2
, st_addr_2
);
4333 emit_move_insn (st_tmp_1
, st_addr_1
);
4335 /* Shift the input data into place. */
4336 dreg
= copy_addr_to_reg (dmema
);
4337 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4338 emit_move_insn (dreg
, plus_constant (dreg
, 7));
4339 if (data_regs
!= NULL
)
4341 for (i
= words
-1; i
>= 0; --i
)
4343 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4345 emit_insn (gen_insql_be (ins_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
], dreg
));
4346 emit_insn (gen_insxh (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], i64
, dreg
));
4350 emit_insn (gen_insxh (ins_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
], i64
, dreg
));
4351 emit_insn (gen_insql_le (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], dreg
));
4354 for (i
= words
-1; i
> 0; --i
)
4356 ins_tmps
[i
-1] = expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, data_regs
[i
],
4357 ins_tmps
[i
-1], ins_tmps
[i
-1], 1,
4362 /* Split and merge the ends with the destination data. */
4363 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4365 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (st_tmp_2
, st_tmp_2
, constm1_rtx
, dreg
));
4366 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (st_tmp_1
, st_tmp_1
, i64
, dreg
));
4370 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (st_tmp_2
, st_tmp_2
, i64
, dreg
));
4371 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (st_tmp_1
, st_tmp_1
, constm1_rtx
, dreg
));
4374 if (data_regs
!= NULL
)
4376 st_tmp_2
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, st_tmp_2
, ins_tmps
[words
-1],
4377 st_tmp_2
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4378 st_tmp_1
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, st_tmp_1
, data_regs
[0],
4379 st_tmp_1
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4383 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4384 emit_move_insn (st_addr_1
, st_tmp_1
);
4386 emit_move_insn (st_addr_2
, st_tmp_2
);
4387 for (i
= words
-1; i
> 0; --i
)
4389 rtx tmp
= change_address (dmem
, DImode
,
4390 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4391 plus_constant(dmema
,
4392 WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
? i
*8-1 : i
*8),
4394 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
4395 emit_move_insn (tmp
, data_regs
? ins_tmps
[i
-1] : const0_rtx
);
4397 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4398 emit_move_insn (st_addr_2
, st_tmp_2
);
4400 emit_move_insn (st_addr_1
, st_tmp_1
);
4404 /* Expand string/block move operations.
4406 operands[0] is the pointer to the destination.
4407 operands[1] is the pointer to the source.
4408 operands[2] is the number of bytes to move.
4409 operands[3] is the alignment. */
4412 alpha_expand_block_move (rtx operands
[])
4414 rtx bytes_rtx
= operands
[2];
4415 rtx align_rtx
= operands
[3];
4416 HOST_WIDE_INT orig_bytes
= INTVAL (bytes_rtx
);
4417 HOST_WIDE_INT bytes
= orig_bytes
;
4418 HOST_WIDE_INT src_align
= INTVAL (align_rtx
) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
4419 HOST_WIDE_INT dst_align
= src_align
;
4420 rtx orig_src
= operands
[1];
4421 rtx orig_dst
= operands
[0];
4422 rtx data_regs
[2 * MAX_MOVE_WORDS
+ 16];
4424 unsigned int i
, words
, ofs
, nregs
= 0;
4426 if (orig_bytes
<= 0)
4428 else if (orig_bytes
> MAX_MOVE_WORDS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
)
4431 /* Look for additional alignment information from recorded register info. */
4433 tmp
= XEXP (orig_src
, 0);
4434 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
)
4435 src_align
= MAX (src_align
, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp
)));
4436 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == PLUS
4437 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)) == REG
4438 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4440 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c
= INTVAL (XEXP (tmp
, 1));
4441 unsigned int a
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp
, 0)));
4445 if (a
>= 64 && c
% 8 == 0)
4447 else if (a
>= 32 && c
% 4 == 0)
4449 else if (a
>= 16 && c
% 2 == 0)
4454 tmp
= XEXP (orig_dst
, 0);
4455 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
)
4456 dst_align
= MAX (dst_align
, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp
)));
4457 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == PLUS
4458 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)) == REG
4459 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4461 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c
= INTVAL (XEXP (tmp
, 1));
4462 unsigned int a
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp
, 0)));
4466 if (a
>= 64 && c
% 8 == 0)
4468 else if (a
>= 32 && c
% 4 == 0)
4470 else if (a
>= 16 && c
% 2 == 0)
4475 /* Load the entire block into registers. */
4476 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig_src
, 0)) == ADDRESSOF
)
4478 enum machine_mode mode
;
4480 tmp
= XEXP (XEXP (orig_src
, 0), 0);
4482 /* Don't use the existing register if we're reading more than
4483 is held in the register. Nor if there is not a mode that
4484 handles the exact size. */
4485 mode
= mode_for_size (bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, MODE_INT
, 1);
4486 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
4488 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (tmp
)) >= bytes
)
4492 data_regs
[nregs
] = gen_lowpart (DImode
, tmp
);
4493 data_regs
[nregs
+ 1] = gen_highpart (DImode
, tmp
);
4497 data_regs
[nregs
++] = gen_lowpart (mode
, tmp
);
4502 /* No appropriate mode; fall back on memory. */
4503 orig_src
= replace_equiv_address (orig_src
,
4504 copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_src
, 0)));
4505 src_align
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (tmp
));
4509 if (src_align
>= 64 && bytes
>= 8)
4513 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4514 data_regs
[nregs
+ i
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4516 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4517 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[nregs
+ i
],
4518 adjust_address (orig_src
, DImode
, ofs
+ i
* 8));
4525 if (src_align
>= 32 && bytes
>= 4)
4529 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4530 data_regs
[nregs
+ i
] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
4532 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4533 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[nregs
+ i
],
4534 adjust_address (orig_src
, SImode
, ofs
+ i
* 4));
4545 for (i
= 0; i
< words
+1; ++i
)
4546 data_regs
[nregs
+ i
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4548 alpha_expand_unaligned_load_words (data_regs
+ nregs
, orig_src
,
4556 if (! TARGET_BWX
&& bytes
>= 4)
4558 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
4559 alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp
, orig_src
, 4, ofs
, 0);
4566 if (src_align
>= 16)
4569 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (HImode
);
4570 emit_move_insn (tmp
, adjust_address (orig_src
, HImode
, ofs
));
4573 } while (bytes
>= 2);
4575 else if (! TARGET_BWX
)
4577 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (HImode
);
4578 alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp
, orig_src
, 2, ofs
, 0);
4586 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (QImode
);
4587 emit_move_insn (tmp
, adjust_address (orig_src
, QImode
, ofs
));
4594 if (nregs
> ARRAY_SIZE (data_regs
))
4597 /* Now save it back out again. */
4601 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig_dst
, 0)) == ADDRESSOF
)
4603 enum machine_mode mode
;
4604 tmp
= XEXP (XEXP (orig_dst
, 0), 0);
4606 mode
= mode_for_size (orig_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, MODE_INT
, 1);
4607 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
&& GET_MODE (tmp
) == mode
)
4611 emit_move_insn (tmp
, data_regs
[0]);
4616 else if (nregs
== 2 && mode
== TImode
)
4618 /* Undo the subregging done above when copying between
4619 two TImode registers. */
4620 if (GET_CODE (data_regs
[0]) == SUBREG
4621 && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (data_regs
[0])) == TImode
)
4622 emit_move_insn (tmp
, SUBREG_REG (data_regs
[0]));
4628 emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (DImode
, tmp
), data_regs
[0]);
4629 emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (DImode
, tmp
), data_regs
[1]);
4633 emit_no_conflict_block (seq
, tmp
, data_regs
[0],
4634 data_regs
[1], NULL_RTX
);
4642 /* ??? If nregs > 1, consider reconstructing the word in regs. */
4643 /* ??? Optimize mode < dst_mode with strict_low_part. */
4645 /* No appropriate mode; fall back on memory. We can speed things
4646 up by recognizing extra alignment information. */
4647 orig_dst
= replace_equiv_address (orig_dst
,
4648 copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_dst
, 0)));
4649 dst_align
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (tmp
));
4652 /* Write out the data in whatever chunks reading the source allowed. */
4653 if (dst_align
>= 64)
4655 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == DImode
)
4657 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, DImode
, ofs
),
4664 if (dst_align
>= 32)
4666 /* If the source has remaining DImode regs, write them out in
4668 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == DImode
)
4670 tmp
= expand_binop (DImode
, lshr_optab
, data_regs
[i
], GEN_INT (32),
4671 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4673 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
),
4674 gen_lowpart (SImode
, data_regs
[i
]));
4675 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
+ 4),
4676 gen_lowpart (SImode
, tmp
));
4681 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == SImode
)
4683 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
),
4690 if (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == DImode
)
4692 /* Write out a remaining block of words using unaligned methods. */
4694 for (words
= 1; i
+ words
< nregs
; words
++)
4695 if (GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
+ words
]) != DImode
)
4699 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, data_regs
[i
], 8, ofs
);
4701 alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (data_regs
+ i
, orig_dst
,
4708 /* Due to the above, this won't be aligned. */
4709 /* ??? If we have more than one of these, consider constructing full
4710 words in registers and using alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words. */
4711 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == SImode
)
4713 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, data_regs
[i
], 4, ofs
);
4718 if (dst_align
>= 16)
4719 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == HImode
)
4721 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, HImode
, ofs
), data_regs
[i
]);
4726 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == HImode
)
4728 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, data_regs
[i
], 2, ofs
);
4733 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == QImode
)
4735 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, QImode
, ofs
), data_regs
[i
]);
4749 alpha_expand_block_clear (rtx operands
[])
4751 rtx bytes_rtx
= operands
[1];
4752 rtx align_rtx
= operands
[2];
4753 HOST_WIDE_INT orig_bytes
= INTVAL (bytes_rtx
);
4754 HOST_WIDE_INT bytes
= orig_bytes
;
4755 HOST_WIDE_INT align
= INTVAL (align_rtx
) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
4756 HOST_WIDE_INT alignofs
= 0;
4757 rtx orig_dst
= operands
[0];
4759 int i
, words
, ofs
= 0;
4761 if (orig_bytes
<= 0)
4763 if (orig_bytes
> MAX_MOVE_WORDS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
)
4766 /* Look for stricter alignment. */
4767 tmp
= XEXP (orig_dst
, 0);
4768 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
)
4769 align
= MAX (align
, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp
)));
4770 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == PLUS
4771 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)) == REG
4772 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4774 HOST_WIDE_INT c
= INTVAL (XEXP (tmp
, 1));
4775 int a
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp
, 0)));
4780 align
= a
, alignofs
= 8 - c
% 8;
4782 align
= a
, alignofs
= 4 - c
% 4;
4784 align
= a
, alignofs
= 2 - c
% 2;
4787 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == ADDRESSOF
)
4789 enum machine_mode mode
;
4791 mode
= mode_for_size (bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, MODE_INT
, 1);
4792 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)) == mode
)
4794 emit_move_insn (XEXP (tmp
, 0), const0_rtx
);
4798 /* No appropriate mode; fall back on memory. */
4799 orig_dst
= replace_equiv_address (orig_dst
, copy_addr_to_reg (tmp
));
4800 align
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)));
4803 /* Handle an unaligned prefix first. */
4807 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
4808 /* Given that alignofs is bounded by align, the only time BWX could
4809 generate three stores is for a 7 byte fill. Prefer two individual
4810 stores over a load/mask/store sequence. */
4811 if ((!TARGET_BWX
|| alignofs
== 7)
4813 && !(alignofs
== 4 && bytes
>= 4))
4815 enum machine_mode mode
= (align
>= 64 ? DImode
: SImode
);
4816 int inv_alignofs
= (align
>= 64 ? 8 : 4) - alignofs
;
4820 mem
= adjust_address (orig_dst
, mode
, ofs
- inv_alignofs
);
4821 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4823 mask
= ~(~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << (inv_alignofs
* 8));
4824 if (bytes
< alignofs
)
4826 mask
|= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << ((inv_alignofs
+ bytes
) * 8);
4837 tmp
= expand_binop (mode
, and_optab
, mem
, GEN_INT (mask
),
4838 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4840 emit_move_insn (mem
, tmp
);
4844 if (TARGET_BWX
&& (alignofs
& 1) && bytes
>= 1)
4846 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, QImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4851 if (TARGET_BWX
&& align
>= 16 && (alignofs
& 3) == 2 && bytes
>= 2)
4853 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, HImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4858 if (alignofs
== 4 && bytes
>= 4)
4860 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4866 /* If we've not used the extra lead alignment information by now,
4867 we won't be able to. Downgrade align to match what's left over. */
4870 alignofs
= alignofs
& -alignofs
;
4871 align
= MIN (align
, alignofs
* BITS_PER_UNIT
);
4875 /* Handle a block of contiguous long-words. */
4877 if (align
>= 64 && bytes
>= 8)
4881 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4882 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, DImode
, ofs
+ i
* 8),
4889 /* If the block is large and appropriately aligned, emit a single
4890 store followed by a sequence of stq_u insns. */
4892 if (align
>= 32 && bytes
> 16)
4896 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4900 orig_dsta
= XEXP (orig_dst
, 0);
4901 if (GET_CODE (orig_dsta
) == LO_SUM
)
4902 orig_dsta
= force_reg (Pmode
, orig_dsta
);
4905 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4908 = change_address (orig_dst
, DImode
,
4909 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4910 plus_constant (orig_dsta
, ofs
+ i
*8),
4912 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4913 emit_move_insn (mem
, const0_rtx
);
4916 /* Depending on the alignment, the first stq_u may have overlapped
4917 with the initial stl, which means that the last stq_u didn't
4918 write as much as it would appear. Leave those questionable bytes
4920 bytes
-= words
* 8 - 4;
4921 ofs
+= words
* 8 - 4;
4924 /* Handle a smaller block of aligned words. */
4926 if ((align
>= 64 && bytes
== 4)
4927 || (align
== 32 && bytes
>= 4))
4931 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4932 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
+ i
* 4),
4939 /* An unaligned block uses stq_u stores for as many as possible. */
4945 alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (NULL
, orig_dst
, words
, ofs
);
4951 /* Next clean up any trailing pieces. */
4953 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
4954 /* Count the number of bits in BYTES for which aligned stores could
4957 for (i
= (TARGET_BWX
? 1 : 4); i
* BITS_PER_UNIT
<= align
; i
<<= 1)
4961 /* If we have appropriate alignment (and it wouldn't take too many
4962 instructions otherwise), mask out the bytes we need. */
4963 if (TARGET_BWX
? words
> 2 : bytes
> 0)
4970 mem
= adjust_address (orig_dst
, DImode
, ofs
);
4971 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4973 mask
= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << (bytes
* 8);
4975 tmp
= expand_binop (DImode
, and_optab
, mem
, GEN_INT (mask
),
4976 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4978 emit_move_insn (mem
, tmp
);
4981 else if (align
>= 32 && bytes
< 4)
4986 mem
= adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
);
4987 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4989 mask
= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << (bytes
* 8);
4991 tmp
= expand_binop (SImode
, and_optab
, mem
, GEN_INT (mask
),
4992 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4994 emit_move_insn (mem
, tmp
);
5000 if (!TARGET_BWX
&& bytes
>= 4)
5002 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, const0_rtx
, 4, ofs
);
5012 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, HImode
, ofs
),
5016 } while (bytes
>= 2);
5018 else if (! TARGET_BWX
)
5020 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, const0_rtx
, 2, ofs
);
5028 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, QImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
5036 /* Returns a mask so that zap(x, value) == x & mask. */
5039 alpha_expand_zap_mask (HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
5044 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
5046 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0;
5048 for (i
= 7; i
>= 0; --i
)
5051 if (!((value
>> i
) & 1))
5055 result
= gen_int_mode (mask
, DImode
);
5057 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32)
5059 HOST_WIDE_INT mask_lo
= 0, mask_hi
= 0;
5061 for (i
= 7; i
>= 4; --i
)
5064 if (!((value
>> i
) & 1))
5068 for (i
= 3; i
>= 0; --i
)
5071 if (!((value
>> i
) & 1))
5075 result
= immed_double_const (mask_lo
, mask_hi
, DImode
);
5084 alpha_expand_builtin_vector_binop (rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
),
5085 enum machine_mode mode
,
5086 rtx op0
, rtx op1
, rtx op2
)
5088 op0
= gen_lowpart (mode
, op0
);
5090 if (op1
== const0_rtx
)
5091 op1
= CONST0_RTX (mode
);
5093 op1
= gen_lowpart (mode
, op1
);
5095 if (op2
== const0_rtx
)
5096 op2
= CONST0_RTX (mode
);
5098 op2
= gen_lowpart (mode
, op2
);
5100 emit_insn ((*gen
) (op0
, op1
, op2
));
5103 /* Adjust the cost of a scheduling dependency. Return the new cost of
5104 a dependency LINK or INSN on DEP_INSN. COST is the current cost. */
5107 alpha_adjust_cost (rtx insn
, rtx link
, rtx dep_insn
, int cost
)
5109 enum attr_type insn_type
, dep_insn_type
;
5111 /* If the dependence is an anti-dependence, there is no cost. For an
5112 output dependence, there is sometimes a cost, but it doesn't seem
5113 worth handling those few cases. */
5114 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link
) != 0)
5117 /* If we can't recognize the insns, we can't really do anything. */
5118 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0 || recog_memoized (dep_insn
) < 0)
5121 insn_type
= get_attr_type (insn
);
5122 dep_insn_type
= get_attr_type (dep_insn
);
5124 /* Bring in the user-defined memory latency. */
5125 if (dep_insn_type
== TYPE_ILD
5126 || dep_insn_type
== TYPE_FLD
5127 || dep_insn_type
== TYPE_LDSYM
)
5128 cost
+= alpha_memory_latency
-1;
5130 /* Everything else handled in DFA bypasses now. */
5135 /* The number of instructions that can be issued per cycle. */
5138 alpha_issue_rate (void)
5140 return (alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV4
? 2 : 4);
5144 alpha_use_dfa_pipeline_interface (void)
5149 /* How many alternative schedules to try. This should be as wide as the
5150 scheduling freedom in the DFA, but no wider. Making this value too
5151 large results extra work for the scheduler.
5153 For EV4, loads can be issued to either IB0 or IB1, thus we have 2
5154 alternative schedules. For EV5, we can choose between E0/E1 and
5155 FA/FM. For EV6, an arithmetic insn can be issued to U0/U1/L0/L1. */
5158 alpha_multipass_dfa_lookahead (void)
5160 return (alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV6
? 4 : 2);
5163 /* Machine-specific function data. */
5165 struct machine_function
GTY(())
5168 /* List of call information words for calls from this function. */
5169 struct rtx_def
*first_ciw
;
5170 struct rtx_def
*last_ciw
;
5173 /* List of deferred case vectors. */
5174 struct rtx_def
*addr_list
;
5177 const char *some_ld_name
;
5180 /* How to allocate a 'struct machine_function'. */
5182 static struct machine_function
*
5183 alpha_init_machine_status (void)
5185 return ((struct machine_function
*)
5186 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct machine_function
)));
5189 /* Functions to save and restore alpha_return_addr_rtx. */
5191 /* Start the ball rolling with RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
5194 alpha_return_addr (int count
, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5199 return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode
, REG_RA
);
5202 /* Return or create a pseudo containing the gp value for the current
5203 function. Needed only if TARGET_LD_BUGGY_LDGP. */
5206 alpha_gp_save_rtx (void)
5208 rtx r
= get_hard_reg_initial_val (DImode
, 29);
5209 if (GET_CODE (r
) != MEM
)
5210 r
= gen_mem_addressof (r
, NULL_TREE
, /*rescan=*/true);
5215 alpha_ra_ever_killed (void)
5219 if (!has_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode
, REG_RA
))
5220 return regs_ever_live
[REG_RA
];
5222 push_topmost_sequence ();
5224 pop_topmost_sequence ();
5226 return reg_set_between_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, REG_RA
), top
, NULL_RTX
);
5230 /* Return the trap mode suffix applicable to the current
5231 instruction, or NULL. */
5234 get_trap_mode_suffix (void)
5236 enum attr_trap_suffix s
= get_attr_trap_suffix (current_output_insn
);
5240 case TRAP_SUFFIX_NONE
:
5243 case TRAP_SUFFIX_SU
:
5244 if (alpha_fptm
>= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
)
5248 case TRAP_SUFFIX_SUI
:
5249 if (alpha_fptm
>= ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
)
5253 case TRAP_SUFFIX_V_SV
:
5261 case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
:
5266 case TRAP_SUFFIX_V_SV_SVI
:
5275 case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
:
5280 case TRAP_SUFFIX_U_SU_SUI
:
5289 case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
:
5297 /* Return the rounding mode suffix applicable to the current
5298 instruction, or NULL. */
5301 get_round_mode_suffix (void)
5303 enum attr_round_suffix s
= get_attr_round_suffix (current_output_insn
);
5307 case ROUND_SUFFIX_NONE
:
5309 case ROUND_SUFFIX_NORMAL
:
5312 case ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
:
5314 case ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
:
5316 case ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
:
5318 case ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
:
5323 case ROUND_SUFFIX_C
:
5329 /* Locate some local-dynamic symbol still in use by this function
5330 so that we can print its name in some movdi_er_tlsldm pattern. */
5333 get_some_local_dynamic_name_1 (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5337 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
5338 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x
) == TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC
)
5340 cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
= XSTR (x
, 0);
5348 get_some_local_dynamic_name (void)
5352 if (cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
)
5353 return cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
;
5355 for (insn
= get_insns (); insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
5357 && for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn
), get_some_local_dynamic_name_1
, 0))
5358 return cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
;
5363 /* Print an operand. Recognize special options, documented below. */
5366 print_operand (FILE *file
, rtx x
, int code
)
5373 /* Print the assembler name of the current function. */
5374 assemble_name (file
, alpha_fnname
);
5378 assemble_name (file
, get_some_local_dynamic_name ());
5383 const char *trap
= get_trap_mode_suffix ();
5384 const char *round
= get_round_mode_suffix ();
5387 fprintf (file
, (TARGET_AS_SLASH_BEFORE_SUFFIX
? "/%s%s" : "%s%s"),
5388 (trap
? trap
: ""), (round
? round
: ""));
5393 /* Generates single precision instruction suffix. */
5394 fputc ((TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? 'f' : 's'), file
);
5398 /* Generates double precision instruction suffix. */
5399 fputc ((TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? 'g' : 't'), file
);
5403 /* Generates a nop after a noreturn call at the very end of the
5405 if (next_real_insn (current_output_insn
) == 0)
5406 fprintf (file
, "\n\tnop");
5410 if (alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
== 0)
5411 alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
= alpha_next_sequence_number
++;
5412 fprintf (file
, "%d", alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
);
5416 if (alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
== 0)
5417 alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
= alpha_next_sequence_number
++;
5418 fprintf (file
, "%d", alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
);
5422 if (GET_CODE (x
) == HIGH
)
5423 output_addr_const (file
, XEXP (x
, 0));
5425 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%H value");
5432 if (GET_CODE (x
) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (x
, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSGD_CALL
)
5434 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
5435 lituse
= "lituse_tlsgd";
5437 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (x
, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSLDM_CALL
)
5439 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
5440 lituse
= "lituse_tlsldm";
5442 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
5443 lituse
= "lituse_jsr";
5446 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%J value");
5450 if (x
!= const0_rtx
)
5451 fprintf (file
, "\t\t!%s!%d", lituse
, (int) INTVAL (x
));
5456 /* If this operand is the constant zero, write it as "$31". */
5457 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
)
5458 fprintf (file
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)]);
5459 else if (x
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x
)))
5460 fprintf (file
, "$31");
5462 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%r value");
5466 /* Similar, but for floating-point. */
5467 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
)
5468 fprintf (file
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)]);
5469 else if (x
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x
)))
5470 fprintf (file
, "$f31");
5472 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%R value");
5476 /* Write the 1's complement of a constant. */
5477 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5478 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%N value");
5480 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, ~ INTVAL (x
));
5484 /* Write 1 << C, for a constant C. */
5485 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5486 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%P value");
5488 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << INTVAL (x
));
5492 /* Write the high-order 16 bits of a constant, sign-extended. */
5493 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5494 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%h value");
5496 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, INTVAL (x
) >> 16);
5500 /* Write the low-order 16 bits of a constant, sign-extended. */
5501 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5502 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%L value");
5504 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
5505 (INTVAL (x
) & 0xffff) - 2 * (INTVAL (x
) & 0x8000));
5509 /* Write mask for ZAP insn. */
5510 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
5512 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0;
5513 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
5515 value
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x
);
5516 for (i
= 0; i
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
5521 value
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x
);
5522 for (i
= 0; i
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
5525 mask
|= (1 << (i
+ sizeof (int)));
5527 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, mask
& 0xff);
5530 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
5532 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0, value
= INTVAL (x
);
5534 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++, value
>>= 8)
5538 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, mask
);
5541 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%m value");
5545 /* 'b', 'w', 'l', or 'q' as the value of the constant. */
5546 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
5547 || (INTVAL (x
) != 8 && INTVAL (x
) != 16
5548 && INTVAL (x
) != 32 && INTVAL (x
) != 64))
5549 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%M value");
5551 fprintf (file
, "%s",
5552 (INTVAL (x
) == 8 ? "b"
5553 : INTVAL (x
) == 16 ? "w"
5554 : INTVAL (x
) == 32 ? "l"
5559 /* Similar, except do it from the mask. */
5560 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
5562 HOST_WIDE_INT value
= INTVAL (x
);
5569 if (value
== 0xffff)
5574 if (value
== 0xffffffff)
5585 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
5586 && GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_DOUBLE
5587 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x
) == 0xffffffff
5588 && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x
) == 0)
5593 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%U value");
5597 /* Write the constant value divided by 8 for little-endian mode or
5598 (56 - value) / 8 for big-endian mode. */
5600 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
5601 || (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (x
) >= (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
5604 || (INTVAL (x
) & 7) != 0)
5605 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s value");
5607 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
5609 ? (56 - INTVAL (x
)) / 8
5614 /* Same, except compute (64 - c) / 8 */
5616 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
5617 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (x
) >= 64
5618 && (INTVAL (x
) & 7) != 8)
5619 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s value");
5621 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, (64 - INTVAL (x
)) / 8);
5626 /* On Unicos/Mk systems: use a DEX expression if the symbol
5627 clashes with a register name. */
5628 int dex
= unicosmk_need_dex (x
);
5630 fprintf (file
, "DEX(%d)", dex
);
5632 output_addr_const (file
, x
);
5636 case 'C': case 'D': case 'c': case 'd':
5637 /* Write out comparison name. */
5639 enum rtx_code c
= GET_CODE (x
);
5641 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (c
) != '<')
5642 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%C value");
5644 else if (code
== 'D')
5645 c
= reverse_condition (c
);
5646 else if (code
== 'c')
5647 c
= swap_condition (c
);
5648 else if (code
== 'd')
5649 c
= swap_condition (reverse_condition (c
));
5652 fprintf (file
, "ule");
5654 fprintf (file
, "ult");
5655 else if (c
== UNORDERED
)
5656 fprintf (file
, "un");
5658 fprintf (file
, "%s", GET_RTX_NAME (c
));
5663 /* Write the divide or modulus operator. */
5664 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
5667 fprintf (file
, "div%s", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5670 fprintf (file
, "div%su", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5673 fprintf (file
, "rem%s", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5676 fprintf (file
, "rem%su", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5679 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%E value");
5685 /* Write "_u" for unaligned access. */
5686 if (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == AND
)
5687 fprintf (file
, "_u");
5691 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
)
5692 fprintf (file
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)]);
5693 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
)
5694 output_address (XEXP (x
, 0));
5695 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == UNSPEC
)
5697 switch (XINT (XEXP (x
, 0), 1))
5701 output_addr_const (file
, XVECEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0, 0));
5704 output_operand_lossage ("unknown relocation unspec");
5709 output_addr_const (file
, x
);
5713 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%xn code");
5718 print_operand_address (FILE *file
, rtx addr
)
5721 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
5723 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == AND
)
5724 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
5726 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == PLUS
5727 && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
5729 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1));
5730 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
5733 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == LO_SUM
)
5735 const char *reloc16
, *reloclo
;
5736 rtx op1
= XEXP (addr
, 1);
5738 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op1
, 0)) == UNSPEC
)
5740 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
5741 switch (XINT (op1
, 1))
5745 reloclo
= (alpha_tls_size
== 16 ? "dtprel" : "dtprello");
5749 reloclo
= (alpha_tls_size
== 16 ? "tprel" : "tprello");
5752 output_operand_lossage ("unknown relocation unspec");
5756 output_addr_const (file
, XVECEXP (op1
, 0, 0));
5761 reloclo
= "gprellow";
5762 output_addr_const (file
, op1
);
5766 fprintf (file
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, offset
);
5768 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
5769 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == REG
)
5770 basereg
= REGNO (addr
);
5771 else if (GET_CODE (addr
) == SUBREG
5772 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (addr
)) == REG
)
5773 basereg
= subreg_regno (addr
);
5777 fprintf (file
, "($%d)\t\t!%s", basereg
,
5778 (basereg
== 29 ? reloc16
: reloclo
));
5782 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == REG
)
5783 basereg
= REGNO (addr
);
5784 else if (GET_CODE (addr
) == SUBREG
5785 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (addr
)) == REG
)
5786 basereg
= subreg_regno (addr
);
5787 else if (GET_CODE (addr
) == CONST_INT
)
5788 offset
= INTVAL (addr
);
5790 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
5791 else if (GET_CODE (addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
5793 fprintf (file
, "%s", XSTR (addr
, 0));
5796 else if (GET_CODE (addr
) == CONST
5797 && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == PLUS
5798 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
)
5800 fprintf (file
, "%s+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
5801 XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (addr
, 0), 0), 0),
5802 INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr
, 0), 1)));
5810 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"($%d)", offset
, basereg
);
5813 /* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline at
5814 TRAMP. FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure
5815 code. CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function.
5817 The three offset parameters are for the individual template's
5818 layout. A JMPOFS < 0 indicates that the trampoline does not
5819 contain instructions at all.
5821 We assume here that a function will be called many more times than
5822 its address is taken (e.g., it might be passed to qsort), so we
5823 take the trouble to initialize the "hint" field in the JMP insn.
5824 Note that the hint field is PC (new) + 4 * bits 13:0. */
5827 alpha_initialize_trampoline (rtx tramp
, rtx fnaddr
, rtx cxt
,
5828 int fnofs
, int cxtofs
, int jmpofs
)
5830 rtx temp
, temp1
, addr
;
5831 /* VMS really uses DImode pointers in memory at this point. */
5832 enum machine_mode mode
= TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
? Pmode
: ptr_mode
;
5834 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
5835 fnaddr
= convert_memory_address (mode
, fnaddr
);
5836 cxt
= convert_memory_address (mode
, cxt
);
5839 /* Store function address and CXT. */
5840 addr
= memory_address (mode
, plus_constant (tramp
, fnofs
));
5841 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, addr
), fnaddr
);
5842 addr
= memory_address (mode
, plus_constant (tramp
, cxtofs
));
5843 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, addr
), cxt
);
5845 /* This has been disabled since the hint only has a 32k range, and in
5846 no existing OS is the stack within 32k of the text segment. */
5847 if (0 && jmpofs
>= 0)
5849 /* Compute hint value. */
5850 temp
= force_operand (plus_constant (tramp
, jmpofs
+4), NULL_RTX
);
5851 temp
= expand_binop (DImode
, sub_optab
, fnaddr
, temp
, temp
, 1,
5853 temp
= expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR
, Pmode
, temp
,
5854 build_int_2 (2, 0), NULL_RTX
, 1);
5855 temp
= expand_and (SImode
, gen_lowpart (SImode
, temp
),
5856 GEN_INT (0x3fff), 0);
5858 /* Merge in the hint. */
5859 addr
= memory_address (SImode
, plus_constant (tramp
, jmpofs
));
5860 temp1
= force_reg (SImode
, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, addr
));
5861 temp1
= expand_and (SImode
, temp1
, GEN_INT (0xffffc000), NULL_RTX
);
5862 temp1
= expand_binop (SImode
, ior_optab
, temp1
, temp
, temp1
, 1,
5864 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, addr
), temp1
);
5867 #ifdef TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
5868 emit_library_call (init_one_libfunc ("__enable_execute_stack"),
5869 0, VOIDmode
, 1, tramp
, Pmode
);
5873 emit_insn (gen_imb ());
5876 /* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
5877 Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
5878 or a hard register in which to store the argument.
5880 MODE is the argument's machine mode.
5881 TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
5882 This is null for libcalls where that information may
5884 CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
5885 the preceding args and about the function being called.
5886 NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
5887 (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
5889 On Alpha the first 6 words of args are normally in registers
5890 and the rest are pushed. */
5893 function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum
, enum machine_mode mode
, tree type
,
5894 int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5899 /* Don't get confused and pass small structures in FP registers. */
5900 if (type
&& AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
))
5904 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5905 /* With alpha_split_complex_arg, we shouldn't see any raw complex
5907 if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode
))
5911 /* Set up defaults for FP operands passed in FP registers, and
5912 integral operands passed in integer registers. */
5913 if (TARGET_FPREGS
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
5919 /* ??? Irritatingly, the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS is different for
5920 the three platforms, so we can't avoid conditional compilation. */
5921 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
5923 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
5924 return alpha_arg_info_reg_val (cum
);
5926 num_args
= cum
.num_args
;
5927 if (num_args
>= 6 || MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (mode
, type
))
5930 #elif TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
5934 /* If this is the last argument, generate the call info word (CIW). */
5935 /* ??? We don't include the caller's line number in the CIW because
5936 I don't know how to determine it if debug infos are turned off. */
5937 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
5946 for (i
= 0; i
< cum
.num_reg_words
&& i
< 5; i
++)
5947 if (cum
.reg_args_type
[i
])
5948 lo
|= (1 << (7 - i
));
5950 if (cum
.num_reg_words
== 6 && cum
.reg_args_type
[5])
5953 lo
|= cum
.num_reg_words
;
5955 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
5956 hi
= (cum
.num_args
<< 20) | cum
.num_arg_words
;
5958 lo
= lo
| ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) cum
.num_args
<< 52)
5959 | ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) cum
.num_arg_words
<< 32);
5962 ciw
= immed_double_const (lo
, hi
, DImode
);
5964 return gen_rtx_UNSPEC (DImode
, gen_rtvec (1, ciw
),
5965 UNSPEC_UMK_LOAD_CIW
);
5968 size
= ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode
, type
, named
);
5969 num_args
= cum
.num_reg_words
;
5970 if (MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (mode
, type
)
5971 || cum
.num_reg_words
+ size
> 6 || cum
.force_stack
)
5973 else if (type
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
5977 reg1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, num_args
+ 16);
5978 reg1
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (DImode
, reg1
, const0_rtx
);
5980 /* The argument fits in two registers. Note that we still need to
5981 reserve a register for empty structures. */
5985 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, gen_rtvec (1, reg1
));
5988 reg2
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, num_args
+ 17);
5989 reg2
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (DImode
, reg2
, GEN_INT (8));
5990 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, gen_rtvec (2, reg1
, reg2
));
5994 #elif TARGET_ABI_OSF
6000 /* VOID is passed as a special flag for "last argument". */
6001 if (type
== void_type_node
)
6003 else if (MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (mode
, type
))
6005 else if (FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE (cum
, mode
, type
, named
))
6009 #error Unhandled ABI
6012 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, num_args
+ basereg
);
6015 /* Return true if TYPE must be returned in memory, instead of in registers. */
6018 alpha_return_in_memory (tree type
, tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6020 enum machine_mode mode
= VOIDmode
;
6025 mode
= TYPE_MODE (type
);
6027 /* All aggregates are returned in memory. */
6028 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
))
6032 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
6033 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
6035 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
6036 /* Pass all float vectors in memory, like an aggregate. */
6039 case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
:
6040 /* We judge complex floats on the size of their element,
6041 not the size of the whole type. */
6042 size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
6047 case MODE_COMPLEX_INT
:
6048 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
6052 /* ??? We get called on all sorts of random stuff from
6053 aggregate_value_p. We can't abort, but it's not clear
6054 what's safe to return. Pretend it's a struct I guess. */
6058 /* Otherwise types must fit in one register. */
6059 return size
> UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6062 /* Define how to find the value returned by a function. VALTYPE is the
6063 data type of the value (as a tree). If the precise function being
6064 called is known, FUNC is its FUNCTION_DECL; otherwise, FUNC is 0.
6065 MODE is set instead of VALTYPE for libcalls.
6067 On Alpha the value is found in $0 for integer functions and
6068 $f0 for floating-point functions. */
6071 function_value (tree valtype
, tree func ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6072 enum machine_mode mode
)
6074 unsigned int regnum
;
6075 enum mode_class
class;
6077 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
6078 if (valtype
&& alpha_return_in_memory (valtype
, func
))
6083 mode
= TYPE_MODE (valtype
);
6085 class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
);
6089 /* Do the same thing as PROMOTE_MODE. */
6093 case MODE_COMPLEX_INT
:
6094 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
6102 case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
:
6104 enum machine_mode cmode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
6106 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL
6109 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_REG (cmode
, 32),
6111 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_REG (cmode
, 33),
6112 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (cmode
)))));
6119 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regnum
);
6122 /* TCmode complex values are passed by invisible reference. We
6123 should not split these values. */
6126 alpha_split_complex_arg (tree type
)
6128 return TYPE_MODE (type
) != TCmode
;
6132 alpha_build_builtin_va_list (void)
6134 tree base
, ofs
, space
, record
, type_decl
;
6136 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
|| TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
6137 return ptr_type_node
;
6139 record
= (*lang_hooks
.types
.make_type
) (RECORD_TYPE
);
6140 type_decl
= build_decl (TYPE_DECL
, get_identifier ("__va_list_tag"), record
);
6141 TREE_CHAIN (record
) = type_decl
;
6142 TYPE_NAME (record
) = type_decl
;
6144 /* C++? SET_IS_AGGR_TYPE (record, 1); */
6146 /* Dummy field to prevent alignment warnings. */
6147 space
= build_decl (FIELD_DECL
, NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
);
6148 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (space
) = record
;
6149 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (space
) = 1;
6150 DECL_IGNORED_P (space
) = 1;
6152 ofs
= build_decl (FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__offset"),
6154 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (ofs
) = record
;
6155 TREE_CHAIN (ofs
) = space
;
6157 base
= build_decl (FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__base"),
6159 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (base
) = record
;
6160 TREE_CHAIN (base
) = ofs
;
6162 TYPE_FIELDS (record
) = base
;
6163 layout_type (record
);
6168 /* Perform any needed actions needed for a function that is receiving a
6169 variable number of arguments. */
6172 alpha_setup_incoming_varargs (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
,
6173 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6174 tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6175 int *pretend_size
, int no_rtl
)
6177 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
6178 /* On Unicos/Mk, the standard subroutine __T3E_MISMATCH stores all register
6179 arguments on the stack. Unfortunately, it doesn't always store the first
6180 one (i.e. the one that arrives in $16 or $f16). This is not a problem
6181 with stdargs as we always have at least one named argument there. */
6182 int num_reg_words
= pcum
->num_reg_words
;
6183 if (num_reg_words
< 6)
6187 emit_insn (gen_umk_mismatch_args (GEN_INT (num_reg_words
+ 1)));
6188 emit_insn (gen_arg_home_umk ());
6192 #elif TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
6193 /* For VMS, we allocate space for all 6 arg registers plus a count.
6195 However, if NO registers need to be saved, don't allocate any space.
6196 This is not only because we won't need the space, but because AP
6197 includes the current_pretend_args_size and we don't want to mess up
6198 any ap-relative addresses already made. */
6199 if (pcum
->num_args
< 6)
6203 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 1), virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
6204 emit_insn (gen_arg_home ());
6206 *pretend_size
= 7 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6209 /* On OSF/1 and friends, we allocate space for all 12 arg registers, but
6210 only push those that are remaining. However, if NO registers need to
6211 be saved, don't allocate any space. This is not only because we won't
6212 need the space, but because AP includes the current_pretend_args_size
6213 and we don't want to mess up any ap-relative addresses already made.
6215 If we are not to use the floating-point registers, save the integer
6216 registers where we would put the floating-point registers. This is
6217 not the most efficient way to implement varargs with just one register
6218 class, but it isn't worth doing anything more efficient in this rare
6220 CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum
= *pcum
;
6227 int set
= get_varargs_alias_set ();
6230 tmp
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
,
6231 plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx
,
6232 (cum
+ 6) * UNITS_PER_WORD
));
6233 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, set
);
6234 move_block_from_reg (16 + cum
, tmp
, 6 - cum
);
6236 tmp
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
,
6237 plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx
,
6238 cum
* UNITS_PER_WORD
));
6239 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, set
);
6240 move_block_from_reg (16 + (TARGET_FPREGS
? 32 : 0) + cum
, tmp
,
6243 *pretend_size
= 12 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6248 alpha_va_start (tree valist
, rtx nextarg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6250 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
6251 tree t
, offset_field
, base_field
;
6253 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (valist
)) == ERROR_MARK
)
6256 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
6257 std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist
, nextarg
);
6259 /* For Unix, SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS moves the starting address base
6260 up by 48, storing fp arg registers in the first 48 bytes, and the
6261 integer arg registers in the next 48 bytes. This is only done,
6262 however, if any integer registers need to be stored.
6264 If no integer registers need be stored, then we must subtract 48
6265 in order to account for the integer arg registers which are counted
6266 in argsize above, but which are not actually stored on the stack.
6267 Must further be careful here about structures straddling the last
6268 integer argument register; that futzes with pretend_args_size,
6269 which changes the meaning of AP. */
6272 offset
= TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
? UNITS_PER_WORD
: 6 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6274 offset
= -6 * UNITS_PER_WORD
+ current_function_pretend_args_size
;
6276 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
6278 nextarg
= plus_constant (nextarg
, offset
);
6279 nextarg
= plus_constant (nextarg
, NUM_ARGS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
);
6280 t
= build (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (valist
), valist
,
6281 make_tree (ptr_type_node
, nextarg
));
6282 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6284 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6288 base_field
= TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (valist
));
6289 offset_field
= TREE_CHAIN (base_field
);
6291 base_field
= build (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (base_field
),
6292 valist
, base_field
);
6293 offset_field
= build (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
),
6294 valist
, offset_field
);
6296 t
= make_tree (ptr_type_node
, virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
6297 t
= build (PLUS_EXPR
, ptr_type_node
, t
, build_int_2 (offset
, 0));
6298 t
= build (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (base_field
), base_field
, t
);
6299 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6300 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6302 t
= build_int_2 (NUM_ARGS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
, 0);
6303 t
= build (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
), offset_field
, t
);
6304 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6305 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6310 alpha_va_arg (tree valist
, tree type
)
6313 tree t
, type_size
, rounded_size
;
6314 tree offset_field
, base_field
, addr_tree
, addend
;
6315 tree wide_type
, wide_ofs
;
6318 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
|| TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
6319 return std_expand_builtin_va_arg (valist
, type
);
6321 if (type
== error_mark_node
6322 || (type_size
= TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))) == NULL
6323 || TREE_OVERFLOW (type_size
))
6324 rounded_size
= size_zero_node
;
6326 rounded_size
= fold (build (MULT_EXPR
, sizetype
,
6327 fold (build (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
, sizetype
,
6328 fold (build (PLUS_EXPR
, sizetype
,
6334 base_field
= TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (valist
));
6335 offset_field
= TREE_CHAIN (base_field
);
6337 base_field
= build (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (base_field
),
6338 valist
, base_field
);
6339 offset_field
= build (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
),
6340 valist
, offset_field
);
6342 /* If the type could not be passed in registers, skip the block
6343 reserved for the registers. */
6344 if (MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (TYPE_MODE (type
), type
))
6346 t
= build (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
), offset_field
,
6347 build (MAX_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
),
6348 offset_field
, build_int_2 (6*8, 0)));
6349 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6350 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6353 wide_type
= make_signed_type (64);
6354 wide_ofs
= save_expr (build1 (CONVERT_EXPR
, wide_type
, offset_field
));
6358 if (TYPE_MODE (type
) == TFmode
|| TYPE_MODE (type
) == TCmode
)
6361 rounded_size
= size_int (UNITS_PER_WORD
);
6363 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
6365 rtx real_part
, imag_part
, value
, tmp
;
6367 real_part
= alpha_va_arg (valist
, TREE_TYPE (type
));
6368 imag_part
= alpha_va_arg (valist
, TREE_TYPE (type
));
6370 /* ??? Most irritatingly, we're not returning the value here,
6371 but the address. Since real_part and imag_part are not
6372 necessarily contiguous, we must copy to local storage. */
6374 real_part
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)), real_part
);
6375 imag_part
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)), imag_part
);
6376 value
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (TYPE_MODE (type
), real_part
, imag_part
);
6378 tmp
= assign_temp (type
, 0, 1, 0);
6379 emit_move_insn (tmp
, value
);
6381 return XEXP (tmp
, 0);
6383 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == REAL_TYPE
)
6385 tree fpaddend
, cond
;
6387 fpaddend
= fold (build (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (addend
),
6388 addend
, build_int_2 (-6*8, 0)));
6390 cond
= fold (build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
6391 wide_ofs
, build_int_2 (6*8, 0)));
6393 addend
= fold (build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (addend
), cond
,
6397 addr_tree
= build (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (base_field
),
6398 base_field
, addend
);
6400 addr
= expand_expr (addr_tree
, NULL_RTX
, Pmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6401 addr
= copy_to_reg (addr
);
6403 t
= build (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
), offset_field
,
6404 build (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
),
6405 offset_field
, rounded_size
));
6406 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6407 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6411 addr
= force_reg (Pmode
, addr
);
6412 addr
= gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, addr
);
6422 ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE
,
6423 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL
,
6424 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL
,
6425 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL
,
6426 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL
,
6427 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH
,
6428 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH
,
6429 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH
,
6430 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL
,
6431 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL
,
6432 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL
,
6433 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL
,
6434 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH
,
6435 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH
,
6436 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH
,
6437 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL
,
6438 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL
,
6439 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL
,
6440 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL
,
6441 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH
,
6442 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH
,
6443 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH
,
6444 ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH
,
6446 ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT
,
6447 ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK
,
6448 ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER
,
6450 ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER
,
6451 ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER
,
6454 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8
,
6455 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8
,
6456 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4
,
6457 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4
,
6458 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8
,
6459 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8
,
6460 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4
,
6461 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4
,
6465 ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL
,
6466 ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW
,
6471 ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP
,
6476 static unsigned int const code_for_builtin
[ALPHA_BUILTIN_max
] = {
6477 CODE_FOR_builtin_cmpbge
,
6478 CODE_FOR_builtin_extbl
,
6479 CODE_FOR_builtin_extwl
,
6480 CODE_FOR_builtin_extll
,
6481 CODE_FOR_builtin_extql
,
6482 CODE_FOR_builtin_extwh
,
6483 CODE_FOR_builtin_extlh
,
6484 CODE_FOR_builtin_extqh
,
6485 CODE_FOR_builtin_insbl
,
6486 CODE_FOR_builtin_inswl
,
6487 CODE_FOR_builtin_insll
,
6488 CODE_FOR_builtin_insql
,
6489 CODE_FOR_builtin_inswh
,
6490 CODE_FOR_builtin_inslh
,
6491 CODE_FOR_builtin_insqh
,
6492 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskbl
,
6493 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskwl
,
6494 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskll
,
6495 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskql
,
6496 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskwh
,
6497 CODE_FOR_builtin_msklh
,
6498 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskqh
,
6499 CODE_FOR_umuldi3_highpart
,
6500 CODE_FOR_builtin_zap
,
6501 CODE_FOR_builtin_zapnot
,
6502 CODE_FOR_builtin_amask
,
6503 CODE_FOR_builtin_implver
,
6504 CODE_FOR_builtin_rpcc
,
6509 CODE_FOR_builtin_minub8
,
6510 CODE_FOR_builtin_minsb8
,
6511 CODE_FOR_builtin_minuw4
,
6512 CODE_FOR_builtin_minsw4
,
6513 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxub8
,
6514 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxsb8
,
6515 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxuw4
,
6516 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxsw4
,
6517 CODE_FOR_builtin_perr
,
6518 CODE_FOR_builtin_pklb
,
6519 CODE_FOR_builtin_pkwb
,
6520 CODE_FOR_builtin_unpkbl
,
6521 CODE_FOR_builtin_unpkbw
,
6524 CODE_FOR_builtin_cttz
,
6525 CODE_FOR_builtin_ctlz
,
6526 CODE_FOR_builtin_ctpop
6529 struct alpha_builtin_def
6532 enum alpha_builtin code
;
6533 unsigned int target_mask
;
6536 static struct alpha_builtin_def
const zero_arg_builtins
[] = {
6537 { "__builtin_alpha_implver", ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER
, 0 },
6538 { "__builtin_alpha_rpcc", ALPHA_BUILTIN_RPCC
, 0 }
6541 static struct alpha_builtin_def
const one_arg_builtins
[] = {
6542 { "__builtin_alpha_amask", ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK
, 0 },
6543 { "__builtin_alpha_pklb", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKLB
, MASK_MAX
},
6544 { "__builtin_alpha_pkwb", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKWB
, MASK_MAX
},
6545 { "__builtin_alpha_unpkbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL
, MASK_MAX
},
6546 { "__builtin_alpha_unpkbw", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW
, MASK_MAX
},
6547 { "__builtin_alpha_cttz", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTTZ
, MASK_CIX
},
6548 { "__builtin_alpha_ctlz", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTLZ
, MASK_CIX
},
6549 { "__builtin_alpha_ctpop", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP
, MASK_CIX
}
6552 static struct alpha_builtin_def
const two_arg_builtins
[] = {
6553 { "__builtin_alpha_cmpbge", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE
, 0 },
6554 { "__builtin_alpha_extbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL
, 0 },
6555 { "__builtin_alpha_extwl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL
, 0 },
6556 { "__builtin_alpha_extll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL
, 0 },
6557 { "__builtin_alpha_extql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL
, 0 },
6558 { "__builtin_alpha_extwh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH
, 0 },
6559 { "__builtin_alpha_extlh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH
, 0 },
6560 { "__builtin_alpha_extqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH
, 0 },
6561 { "__builtin_alpha_insbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL
, 0 },
6562 { "__builtin_alpha_inswl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL
, 0 },
6563 { "__builtin_alpha_insll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL
, 0 },
6564 { "__builtin_alpha_insql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL
, 0 },
6565 { "__builtin_alpha_inswh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH
, 0 },
6566 { "__builtin_alpha_inslh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH
, 0 },
6567 { "__builtin_alpha_insqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH
, 0 },
6568 { "__builtin_alpha_mskbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL
, 0 },
6569 { "__builtin_alpha_mskwl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL
, 0 },
6570 { "__builtin_alpha_mskll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL
, 0 },
6571 { "__builtin_alpha_mskql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL
, 0 },
6572 { "__builtin_alpha_mskwh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH
, 0 },
6573 { "__builtin_alpha_msklh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH
, 0 },
6574 { "__builtin_alpha_mskqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH
, 0 },
6575 { "__builtin_alpha_umulh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH
, 0 },
6576 { "__builtin_alpha_zap", ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAP
, 0 },
6577 { "__builtin_alpha_zapnot", ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT
, 0 },
6578 { "__builtin_alpha_minub8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8
, MASK_MAX
},
6579 { "__builtin_alpha_minsb8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8
, MASK_MAX
},
6580 { "__builtin_alpha_minuw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4
, MASK_MAX
},
6581 { "__builtin_alpha_minsw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4
, MASK_MAX
},
6582 { "__builtin_alpha_maxub8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8
, MASK_MAX
},
6583 { "__builtin_alpha_maxsb8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8
, MASK_MAX
},
6584 { "__builtin_alpha_maxuw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4
, MASK_MAX
},
6585 { "__builtin_alpha_maxsw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4
, MASK_MAX
},
6586 { "__builtin_alpha_perr", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PERR
, MASK_MAX
}
6590 alpha_init_builtins (void)
6592 const struct alpha_builtin_def
*p
;
6596 ftype
= build_function_type (long_integer_type_node
, void_list_node
);
6598 p
= zero_arg_builtins
;
6599 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (zero_arg_builtins
); ++i
, ++p
)
6600 if ((target_flags
& p
->target_mask
) == p
->target_mask
)
6601 builtin_function (p
->name
, ftype
, p
->code
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6604 ftype
= build_function_type_list (long_integer_type_node
,
6605 long_integer_type_node
, NULL_TREE
);
6607 p
= one_arg_builtins
;
6608 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (one_arg_builtins
); ++i
, ++p
)
6609 if ((target_flags
& p
->target_mask
) == p
->target_mask
)
6610 builtin_function (p
->name
, ftype
, p
->code
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6613 ftype
= build_function_type_list (long_integer_type_node
,
6614 long_integer_type_node
,
6615 long_integer_type_node
, NULL_TREE
);
6617 p
= two_arg_builtins
;
6618 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (two_arg_builtins
); ++i
, ++p
)
6619 if ((target_flags
& p
->target_mask
) == p
->target_mask
)
6620 builtin_function (p
->name
, ftype
, p
->code
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6623 ftype
= build_function_type (ptr_type_node
, void_list_node
);
6624 builtin_function ("__builtin_thread_pointer", ftype
,
6625 ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6628 ftype
= build_function_type_list (void_type_node
, ptr_type_node
, NULL_TREE
);
6629 builtin_function ("__builtin_set_thread_pointer", ftype
,
6630 ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6634 /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
6635 with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
6636 (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
6637 SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
6638 IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */
6641 alpha_expand_builtin (tree exp
, rtx target
,
6642 rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6643 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6644 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6648 tree fndecl
= TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp
, 0), 0);
6649 unsigned int fcode
= DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl
);
6650 tree arglist
= TREE_OPERAND (exp
, 1);
6651 enum insn_code icode
;
6652 rtx op
[MAX_ARGS
], pat
;
6656 if (fcode
>= ALPHA_BUILTIN_max
)
6657 internal_error ("bad builtin fcode");
6658 icode
= code_for_builtin
[fcode
];
6660 internal_error ("bad builtin fcode");
6662 nonvoid
= TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)) != void_type_node
;
6664 for (arglist
= TREE_OPERAND (exp
, 1), arity
= 0;
6666 arglist
= TREE_CHAIN (arglist
), arity
++)
6668 const struct insn_operand_data
*insn_op
;
6670 tree arg
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
6671 if (arg
== error_mark_node
)
6673 if (arity
> MAX_ARGS
)
6676 insn_op
= &insn_data
[icode
].operand
[arity
+ nonvoid
];
6678 op
[arity
] = expand_expr (arg
, NULL_RTX
, insn_op
->mode
, 0);
6680 if (!(*insn_op
->predicate
) (op
[arity
], insn_op
->mode
))
6681 op
[arity
] = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_op
->mode
, op
[arity
]);
6686 enum machine_mode tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
6688 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
6689 || !(*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
6690 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
6696 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
);
6700 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op
[0]);
6702 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (op
[0]);
6705 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op
[0], op
[1]);
6720 /* This page contains routines that are used to determine what the function
6721 prologue and epilogue code will do and write them out. */
6723 /* Compute the size of the save area in the stack. */
6725 /* These variables are used for communication between the following functions.
6726 They indicate various things about the current function being compiled
6727 that are used to tell what kind of prologue, epilogue and procedure
6728 descriptor to generate. */
6730 /* Nonzero if we need a stack procedure. */
6731 enum alpha_procedure_types
{PT_NULL
= 0, PT_REGISTER
= 1, PT_STACK
= 2};
6732 static enum alpha_procedure_types alpha_procedure_type
;
6734 /* Register number (either FP or SP) that is used to unwind the frame. */
6735 static int vms_unwind_regno
;
6737 /* Register number used to save FP. We need not have one for RA since
6738 we don't modify it for register procedures. This is only defined
6739 for register frame procedures. */
6740 static int vms_save_fp_regno
;
6742 /* Register number used to reference objects off our PV. */
6743 static int vms_base_regno
;
6745 /* Compute register masks for saved registers. */
6748 alpha_sa_mask (unsigned long *imaskP
, unsigned long *fmaskP
)
6750 unsigned long imask
= 0;
6751 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
6754 /* When outputting a thunk, we don't have valid register life info,
6755 but assemble_start_function wants to output .frame and .mask
6757 if (current_function_is_thunk
)
6764 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
6765 imask
|= (1UL << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
6767 /* One for every register we have to save. */
6768 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
6769 if (! fixed_regs
[i
] && ! call_used_regs
[i
]
6770 && regs_ever_live
[i
] && i
!= REG_RA
6771 && (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
|| i
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
))
6774 imask
|= (1UL << i
);
6776 fmask
|= (1UL << (i
- 32));
6779 /* We need to restore these for the handler. */
6780 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
6784 unsigned regno
= EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i
);
6785 if (regno
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
6787 imask
|= 1UL << regno
;
6790 /* Glibc likes to use $31 as an unwind stopper for crt0. To
6791 avoid hackery in unwind-dw2.c, we need to actively store a
6792 zero in the prologue of _Unwind_RaiseException et al. */
6796 /* If any register spilled, then spill the return address also. */
6797 /* ??? This is required by the Digital stack unwind specification
6798 and isn't needed if we're doing Dwarf2 unwinding. */
6799 if (imask
|| fmask
|| alpha_ra_ever_killed ())
6800 imask
|= (1UL << REG_RA
);
6807 alpha_sa_size (void)
6809 unsigned long mask
[2];
6813 alpha_sa_mask (&mask
[0], &mask
[1]);
6815 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
6817 if (mask
[0] || mask
[1])
6822 for (j
= 0; j
< 2; ++j
)
6823 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
6824 if ((mask
[j
] >> i
) & 1)
6828 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
6830 /* We might not need to generate a frame if we don't make any calls
6831 (including calls to __T3E_MISMATCH if this is a vararg function),
6832 don't have any local variables which require stack slots, don't
6833 use alloca and have not determined that we need a frame for other
6836 alpha_procedure_type
6837 = (sa_size
|| get_frame_size() != 0
6838 || current_function_outgoing_args_size
6839 || current_function_stdarg
|| current_function_calls_alloca
6840 || frame_pointer_needed
)
6841 ? PT_STACK
: PT_REGISTER
;
6843 /* Always reserve space for saving callee-saved registers if we
6844 need a frame as required by the calling convention. */
6845 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
6848 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
6850 /* Start by assuming we can use a register procedure if we don't
6851 make any calls (REG_RA not used) or need to save any
6852 registers and a stack procedure if we do. */
6853 if ((mask
[0] >> REG_RA
) & 1)
6854 alpha_procedure_type
= PT_STACK
;
6855 else if (get_frame_size() != 0)
6856 alpha_procedure_type
= PT_REGISTER
;
6858 alpha_procedure_type
= PT_NULL
;
6860 /* Don't reserve space for saving FP & RA yet. Do that later after we've
6861 made the final decision on stack procedure vs register procedure. */
6862 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
6865 /* Decide whether to refer to objects off our PV via FP or PV.
6866 If we need FP for something else or if we receive a nonlocal
6867 goto (which expects PV to contain the value), we must use PV.
6868 Otherwise, start by assuming we can use FP. */
6871 = (frame_pointer_needed
6872 || current_function_has_nonlocal_label
6873 || alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
6874 || current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
6875 ? REG_PV
: HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
6877 /* If we want to copy PV into FP, we need to find some register
6878 in which to save FP. */
6880 vms_save_fp_regno
= -1;
6881 if (vms_base_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
6882 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; i
++)
6883 if (! fixed_regs
[i
] && call_used_regs
[i
] && ! regs_ever_live
[i
])
6884 vms_save_fp_regno
= i
;
6886 if (vms_save_fp_regno
== -1 && alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
6887 vms_base_regno
= REG_PV
, alpha_procedure_type
= PT_STACK
;
6888 else if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_NULL
)
6889 vms_base_regno
= REG_PV
;
6891 /* Stack unwinding should be done via FP unless we use it for PV. */
6892 vms_unwind_regno
= (vms_base_regno
== REG_PV
6893 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
: STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
6895 /* If this is a stack procedure, allow space for saving FP and RA. */
6896 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
6901 /* Our size must be even (multiple of 16 bytes). */
6909 /* Define the offset between two registers, one to be eliminated,
6910 and the other its replacement, at the start of a routine. */
6913 alpha_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from
,
6914 unsigned int to ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6918 ret
= alpha_sa_size ();
6919 ret
+= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
6921 if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
6923 else if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
)
6924 ret
+= (ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size ()
6925 + current_function_pretend_args_size
)
6926 - current_function_pretend_args_size
);
6934 alpha_pv_save_size (void)
6937 return alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0;
6941 alpha_using_fp (void)
6944 return vms_unwind_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
6947 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
6949 const struct attribute_spec vms_attribute_table
[] =
6951 /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */
6952 { "overlaid", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
6953 { "global", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
6954 { "initialize", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
6955 { NULL
, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL
}
6961 find_lo_sum_using_gp (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6963 return GET_CODE (*px
) == LO_SUM
&& XEXP (*px
, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx
;
6967 alpha_find_lo_sum_using_gp (rtx insn
)
6969 return for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn
), find_lo_sum_using_gp
, NULL
) > 0;
6973 alpha_does_function_need_gp (void)
6977 /* The GP being variable is an OSF abi thing. */
6978 if (! TARGET_ABI_OSF
)
6981 /* We need the gp to load the address of __mcount. */
6982 if (TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP
&& current_function_profile
)
6985 /* The code emitted by alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf uses the gp. */
6986 if (current_function_is_thunk
)
6989 /* The nonlocal receiver pattern assumes that the gp is valid for
6990 the nested function. Reasonable because it's almost always set
6991 correctly already. For the cases where that's wrong, make sure
6992 the nested function loads its gp on entry. */
6993 if (current_function_has_nonlocal_goto
)
6996 /* If we need a GP (we have a LDSYM insn or a CALL_INSN), load it first.
6997 Even if we are a static function, we still need to do this in case
6998 our address is taken and passed to something like qsort. */
7000 push_topmost_sequence ();
7001 insn
= get_insns ();
7002 pop_topmost_sequence ();
7004 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
7006 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != USE
7007 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != CLOBBER
7008 && get_attr_usegp (insn
))
7015 /* Helper function to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on instructions, including
7019 set_frame_related_p (void)
7021 rtx seq
= get_insns ();
7032 while (insn
!= NULL_RTX
)
7034 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
7035 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
7037 seq
= emit_insn (seq
);
7041 seq
= emit_insn (seq
);
7042 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq
) = 1;
7047 #define FRP(exp) (start_sequence (), exp, set_frame_related_p ())
7049 /* Write function prologue. */
7051 /* On vms we have two kinds of functions:
7053 - stack frame (PROC_STACK)
7054 these are 'normal' functions with local vars and which are
7055 calling other functions
7056 - register frame (PROC_REGISTER)
7057 keeps all data in registers, needs no stack
7059 We must pass this to the assembler so it can generate the
7060 proper pdsc (procedure descriptor)
7061 This is done with the '.pdesc' command.
7063 On not-vms, we don't really differentiate between the two, as we can
7064 simply allocate stack without saving registers. */
7067 alpha_expand_prologue (void)
7069 /* Registers to save. */
7070 unsigned long imask
= 0;
7071 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
7072 /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */
7073 HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size
;
7074 /* Complete stack size needed. */
7075 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
;
7076 /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */
7077 HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset
;
7081 sa_size
= alpha_sa_size ();
7083 frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
7084 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7085 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7086 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0)
7088 + current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7089 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7090 /* We have to allocate space for the DSIB if we generate a frame. */
7091 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7092 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 48 : 0))
7093 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7094 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7096 frame_size
= (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
7098 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7099 + current_function_pretend_args_size
));
7101 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7104 reg_offset
= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7106 alpha_sa_mask (&imask
, &fmask
);
7108 /* Emit an insn to reload GP, if needed. */
7111 alpha_function_needs_gp
= alpha_does_function_need_gp ();
7112 if (alpha_function_needs_gp
)
7113 emit_insn (gen_prologue_ldgp ());
7116 /* TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP actually implies that we need to insert
7117 the call to mcount ourselves, rather than having the linker do it
7118 magically in response to -pg. Since _mcount has special linkage,
7119 don't represent the call as a call. */
7120 if (TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP
&& current_function_profile
)
7121 emit_insn (gen_prologue_mcount ());
7123 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7124 unicosmk_gen_dsib (&imask
);
7126 /* Adjust the stack by the frame size. If the frame size is > 4096
7127 bytes, we need to be sure we probe somewhere in the first and last
7128 4096 bytes (we can probably get away without the latter test) and
7129 every 8192 bytes in between. If the frame size is > 32768, we
7130 do this in a loop. Otherwise, we generate the explicit probe
7133 Note that we are only allowed to adjust sp once in the prologue. */
7135 if (frame_size
<= 32768)
7137 if (frame_size
> 4096)
7142 emit_insn (gen_probe_stack (GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
7145 while ((probed
+= 8192) < frame_size
);
7147 /* We only have to do this probe if we aren't saving registers. */
7148 if (sa_size
== 0 && probed
+ 4096 < frame_size
)
7149 emit_insn (gen_probe_stack (GEN_INT (-frame_size
)));
7152 if (frame_size
!= 0)
7153 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7154 GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
7160 /* Here we generate code to set R22 to SP + 4096 and set R23 to the
7161 number of 8192 byte blocks to probe. We then probe each block
7162 in the loop and then set SP to the proper location. If the
7163 amount remaining is > 4096, we have to do one more probe if we
7164 are not saving any registers. */
7166 HOST_WIDE_INT blocks
= (frame_size
+ 4096) / 8192;
7167 HOST_WIDE_INT leftover
= frame_size
+ 4096 - blocks
* 8192;
7168 rtx ptr
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 22);
7169 rtx count
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
7172 emit_move_insn (count
, GEN_INT (blocks
));
7173 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (ptr
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7174 GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
? 4096 - 64 : 4096)));
7176 /* Because of the difficulty in emitting a new basic block this
7177 late in the compilation, generate the loop as a single insn. */
7178 emit_insn (gen_prologue_stack_probe_loop (count
, ptr
));
7180 if (leftover
> 4096 && sa_size
== 0)
7182 rtx last
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (ptr
, -leftover
));
7183 MEM_VOLATILE_P (last
) = 1;
7184 emit_move_insn (last
, const0_rtx
);
7187 if (TARGET_ABI_WINDOWS_NT
)
7189 /* For NT stack unwind (done by 'reverse execution'), it's
7190 not OK to take the result of a loop, even though the value
7191 is already in ptr, so we reload it via a single operation
7192 and subtract it to sp.
7194 Yes, that's correct -- we have to reload the whole constant
7195 into a temporary via ldah+lda then subtract from sp. */
7197 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
7198 lo
= ((frame_size
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7199 hi
= frame_size
- lo
;
7201 emit_move_insn (ptr
, GEN_INT (hi
));
7202 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (ptr
, ptr
, GEN_INT (lo
)));
7203 seq
= emit_insn (gen_subdi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7208 seq
= emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, ptr
,
7209 GEN_INT (-leftover
)));
7212 /* This alternative is special, because the DWARF code cannot
7213 possibly intuit through the loop above. So we invent this
7214 note it looks at instead. */
7215 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq
) = 1;
7217 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
,
7218 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7219 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7220 GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
7226 if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7228 /* Cope with very large offsets to the register save area. */
7229 sa_reg
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
7230 if (reg_offset
+ sa_size
> 0x8000)
7232 int low
= ((reg_offset
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7235 if (low
+ sa_size
<= 0x8000)
7236 bias
= reg_offset
- low
, reg_offset
= low
;
7238 bias
= reg_offset
, reg_offset
= 0;
7240 sa_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 24);
7241 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (sa_reg
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7245 /* Save regs in stack order. Beginning with VMS PV. */
7246 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7248 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
7249 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7250 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_PV
)));
7253 /* Save register RA next. */
7254 if (imask
& (1UL << REG_RA
))
7256 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
7257 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7258 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_RA
)));
7259 imask
&= ~(1UL << REG_RA
);
7263 /* Now save any other registers required to be saved. */
7264 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; i
++)
7265 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7267 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
7268 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7269 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, i
)));
7273 /* Store a zero if requested for unwinding. */
7274 if (imask
& (1UL << 31))
7278 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
7279 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7280 insn
= emit_move_insn (mem
, const0_rtx
);
7282 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
7283 t
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 31);
7284 t
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, mem
, t
);
7285 t
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, t
, REG_NOTES (insn
));
7286 REG_NOTES (insn
) = t
;
7291 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; i
++)
7292 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
7294 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
7295 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7296 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, i
+32)));
7300 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7302 /* The standard frame on the T3E includes space for saving registers.
7303 We just have to use it. We don't have to save the return address and
7304 the old frame pointer here - they are saved in the DSIB. */
7307 for (i
= 9; i
< 15; i
++)
7308 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7310 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7312 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7313 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, i
)));
7316 for (i
= 2; i
< 10; i
++)
7317 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
7319 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
, plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7321 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7322 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, i
+32)));
7327 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7329 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
7330 /* Register frame procedures save the fp.
7331 ?? Ought to have a dwarf2 save for this. */
7332 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_save_fp_regno
),
7333 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
);
7335 if (alpha_procedure_type
!= PT_NULL
&& vms_base_regno
!= REG_PV
)
7336 emit_insn (gen_force_movdi (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_base_regno
),
7337 gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_PV
)));
7339 if (alpha_procedure_type
!= PT_NULL
7340 && vms_unwind_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
7341 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
7343 /* If we have to allocate space for outgoing args, do it now. */
7344 if (current_function_outgoing_args_size
!= 0)
7347 = emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
7349 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7351 (current_function_outgoing_args_size
))));
7353 /* Only set FRAME_RELATED_P on the stack adjustment we just emitted
7354 if ! frame_pointer_needed. Setting the bit will change the CFA
7355 computation rule to use sp again, which would be wrong if we had
7356 frame_pointer_needed, as this means sp might move unpredictably
7360 frame_pointer_needed
7361 => vms_unwind_regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7363 current_function_outgoing_args_size != 0
7364 => alpha_procedure_type != PT_NULL,
7366 so when we are not setting the bit here, we are guaranteed to
7367 have emitted an FRP frame pointer update just before. */
7368 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq
) = ! frame_pointer_needed
;
7371 else if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7373 /* If we need a frame pointer, set it from the stack pointer. */
7374 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
7376 if (TARGET_CAN_FAULT_IN_PROLOGUE
)
7377 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
7379 /* This must always be the last instruction in the
7380 prologue, thus we emit a special move + clobber. */
7381 FRP (emit_insn (gen_init_fp (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7382 stack_pointer_rtx
, sa_reg
)));
7386 /* The ABIs for VMS and OSF/1 say that while we can schedule insns into
7387 the prologue, for exception handling reasons, we cannot do this for
7388 any insn that might fault. We could prevent this for mems with a
7389 (clobber:BLK (scratch)), but this doesn't work for fp insns. So we
7390 have to prevent all such scheduling with a blockage.
7392 Linux, on the other hand, never bothered to implement OSF/1's
7393 exception handling, and so doesn't care about such things. Anyone
7394 planning to use dwarf2 frame-unwind info can also omit the blockage. */
7396 if (! TARGET_CAN_FAULT_IN_PROLOGUE
)
7397 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7400 /* Output the textual info surrounding the prologue. */
7403 alpha_start_function (FILE *file
, const char *fnname
,
7404 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7406 unsigned long imask
= 0;
7407 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
7408 /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */
7409 HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size
;
7410 /* Complete stack size needed. */
7411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
;
7412 /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */
7413 HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset
;
7414 char *entry_label
= (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname
) + 6);
7417 /* Don't emit an extern directive for functions defined in the same file. */
7418 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7421 name_tree
= get_identifier (fnname
);
7422 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
) = 1;
7425 alpha_fnname
= fnname
;
7426 sa_size
= alpha_sa_size ();
7428 frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
7429 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7430 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7431 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0)
7433 + current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7434 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7435 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7436 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 48 : 0))
7437 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7438 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7440 frame_size
= (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
7442 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7443 + current_function_pretend_args_size
));
7445 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7448 reg_offset
= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7450 alpha_sa_mask (&imask
, &fmask
);
7452 /* Ecoff can handle multiple .file directives, so put out file and lineno.
7453 We have to do that before the .ent directive as we cannot switch
7454 files within procedures with native ecoff because line numbers are
7455 linked to procedure descriptors.
7456 Outputting the lineno helps debugging of one line functions as they
7457 would otherwise get no line number at all. Please note that we would
7458 like to put out last_linenum from final.c, but it is not accessible. */
7460 if (write_symbols
== SDB_DEBUG
)
7462 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7463 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file
,
7464 DECL_SOURCE_FILE (current_function_decl
));
7466 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE
7467 if (debug_info_level
!= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
7468 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (file
,
7469 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (current_function_decl
), 0);
7473 /* Issue function start and label. */
7474 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
7475 || (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& !flag_inhibit_size_directive
))
7477 fputs ("\t.ent ", file
);
7478 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
7481 /* If the function needs GP, we'll write the "..ng" label there.
7482 Otherwise, do it here. */
7484 && ! alpha_function_needs_gp
7485 && ! current_function_is_thunk
)
7488 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
7489 fputs ("..ng:\n", file
);
7493 strcpy (entry_label
, fnname
);
7494 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7495 strcat (entry_label
, "..en");
7497 /* For public functions, the label must be globalized by appending an
7498 additional colon. */
7499 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7500 strcat (entry_label
, ":");
7502 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file
, entry_label
);
7503 inside_function
= TRUE
;
7505 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7506 fprintf (file
, "\t.base $%d\n", vms_base_regno
);
7508 if (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& !TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& TARGET_IEEE_CONFORMANT
7509 && !flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7511 /* Set flags in procedure descriptor to request IEEE-conformant
7512 math-library routines. The value we set it to is PDSC_EXC_IEEE
7513 (/usr/include/pdsc.h). */
7514 fputs ("\t.eflag 48\n", file
);
7517 /* Set up offsets to alpha virtual arg/local debugging pointer. */
7518 alpha_auto_offset
= -frame_size
+ current_function_pretend_args_size
;
7519 alpha_arg_offset
= -frame_size
+ 48;
7521 /* Describe our frame. If the frame size is larger than an integer,
7522 print it as zero to avoid an assembler error. We won't be
7523 properly describing such a frame, but that's the best we can do. */
7524 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7526 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7527 fprintf (file
, "\t.frame $%d," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
",$26,"
7528 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
7530 frame_size
>= (1UL << 31) ? 0 : frame_size
,
7532 else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7533 fprintf (file
, "\t.frame $%d," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
",$26,%d\n",
7534 (frame_pointer_needed
7535 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
: STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
),
7536 frame_size
>= (1UL << 31) ? 0 : frame_size
,
7537 current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7539 /* Describe which registers were spilled. */
7540 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7542 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7545 /* ??? Does VMS care if mask contains ra? The old code didn't
7546 set it, so I don't here. */
7547 fprintf (file
, "\t.mask 0x%lx,0\n", imask
& ~(1UL << REG_RA
));
7549 fprintf (file
, "\t.fmask 0x%lx,0\n", fmask
);
7550 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
7551 fprintf (file
, "\t.fp_save $%d\n", vms_save_fp_regno
);
7553 else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7557 fprintf (file
, "\t.mask 0x%lx," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n", imask
,
7558 frame_size
>= (1UL << 31) ? 0 : reg_offset
- frame_size
);
7560 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
7561 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7566 fprintf (file
, "\t.fmask 0x%lx," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n", fmask
,
7567 frame_size
>= (1UL << 31) ? 0 : reg_offset
- frame_size
);
7570 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
7571 /* Ifdef'ed cause link_section are only available then. */
7572 readonly_data_section ();
7573 fprintf (file
, "\t.align 3\n");
7574 assemble_name (file
, fnname
); fputs ("..na:\n", file
);
7575 fputs ("\t.ascii \"", file
);
7576 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
7577 fputs ("\\0\"\n", file
);
7578 alpha_need_linkage (fnname
, 1);
7583 /* Emit the .prologue note at the scheduled end of the prologue. */
7586 alpha_output_function_end_prologue (FILE *file
)
7588 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7590 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7591 fputs ("\t.prologue\n", file
);
7592 else if (TARGET_ABI_WINDOWS_NT
)
7593 fputs ("\t.prologue 0\n", file
);
7594 else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7595 fprintf (file
, "\t.prologue %d\n",
7596 alpha_function_needs_gp
|| current_function_is_thunk
);
7599 /* Write function epilogue. */
7601 /* ??? At some point we will want to support full unwind, and so will
7602 need to mark the epilogue as well. At the moment, we just confuse
7605 #define FRP(exp) exp
7608 alpha_expand_epilogue (void)
7610 /* Registers to save. */
7611 unsigned long imask
= 0;
7612 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
7613 /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */
7614 HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size
;
7615 /* Complete stack size needed. */
7616 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
;
7617 /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */
7618 HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset
;
7619 int fp_is_frame_pointer
, fp_offset
;
7620 rtx sa_reg
, sa_reg_exp
= NULL
;
7621 rtx sp_adj1
, sp_adj2
, mem
;
7625 sa_size
= alpha_sa_size ();
7627 frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
7628 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7629 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7630 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0)
7632 + current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7633 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7634 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7635 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 48 : 0))
7636 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7637 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7639 frame_size
= (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
7641 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7642 + current_function_pretend_args_size
));
7644 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7646 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7652 reg_offset
= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7654 alpha_sa_mask (&imask
, &fmask
);
7657 = ((TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7658 || (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& frame_pointer_needed
));
7660 sa_reg
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
7662 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
7663 eh_ofs
= EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
;
7667 if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& sa_size
)
7669 /* If we have a frame pointer, restore SP from it. */
7670 if ((TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
7671 && vms_unwind_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
7672 || (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& frame_pointer_needed
))
7673 FRP (emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
7675 /* Cope with very large offsets to the register save area. */
7676 if (reg_offset
+ sa_size
> 0x8000)
7678 int low
= ((reg_offset
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7681 if (low
+ sa_size
<= 0x8000)
7682 bias
= reg_offset
- low
, reg_offset
= low
;
7684 bias
= reg_offset
, reg_offset
= 0;
7686 sa_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 22);
7687 sa_reg_exp
= plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, bias
);
7689 FRP (emit_move_insn (sa_reg
, sa_reg_exp
));
7692 /* Restore registers in order, excepting a true frame pointer. */
7694 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
7696 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7697 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_RA
), mem
));
7700 imask
&= ~(1UL << REG_RA
);
7702 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; ++i
)
7703 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7705 if (i
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& fp_is_frame_pointer
)
7706 fp_offset
= reg_offset
;
7709 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant(sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
7710 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7711 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, i
), mem
));
7716 if (imask
& (1UL << 31))
7719 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; ++i
)
7720 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
7722 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
, plus_constant(sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
7723 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7724 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, i
+32), mem
));
7728 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7730 /* Restore callee-saved general-purpose registers. */
7734 for (i
= 9; i
< 15; i
++)
7735 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7737 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7739 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7740 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, i
), mem
));
7744 for (i
= 2; i
< 10; i
++)
7745 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
7747 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7749 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7750 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, i
+32), mem
));
7754 /* Restore the return address from the DSIB. */
7756 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, -8));
7757 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7758 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_RA
), mem
));
7761 if (frame_size
|| eh_ofs
)
7763 sp_adj1
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
7767 sp_adj1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
7768 emit_move_insn (sp_adj1
,
7769 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
, eh_ofs
));
7772 /* If the stack size is large, begin computation into a temporary
7773 register so as not to interfere with a potential fp restore,
7774 which must be consecutive with an SP restore. */
7775 if (frame_size
< 32768
7776 && ! (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& current_function_calls_alloca
))
7777 sp_adj2
= GEN_INT (frame_size
);
7778 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7780 sp_adj1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
7781 FRP (emit_move_insn (sp_adj1
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
7782 sp_adj2
= const0_rtx
;
7784 else if (frame_size
< 0x40007fffL
)
7786 int low
= ((frame_size
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7788 sp_adj2
= plus_constant (sp_adj1
, frame_size
- low
);
7789 if (sa_reg_exp
&& rtx_equal_p (sa_reg_exp
, sp_adj2
))
7793 sp_adj1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
7794 FRP (emit_move_insn (sp_adj1
, sp_adj2
));
7796 sp_adj2
= GEN_INT (low
);
7800 rtx tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
7801 FRP (sp_adj2
= alpha_emit_set_const (tmp
, DImode
, frame_size
, 3));
7804 /* We can't drop new things to memory this late, afaik,
7805 so build it up by pieces. */
7806 FRP (sp_adj2
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (tmp
, frame_size
,
7807 -(frame_size
< 0)));
7813 /* From now on, things must be in order. So emit blockages. */
7815 /* Restore the frame pointer. */
7816 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7818 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7819 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
,
7820 plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, -16));
7821 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7822 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, mem
));
7824 else if (fp_is_frame_pointer
)
7826 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7827 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, fp_offset
));
7828 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7829 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, mem
));
7831 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7833 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7834 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7835 gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_save_fp_regno
)));
7838 /* Restore the stack pointer. */
7839 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7840 if (sp_adj2
== const0_rtx
)
7841 FRP (emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
, sp_adj1
));
7843 FRP (emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
7844 gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, sp_adj1
, sp_adj2
)));
7848 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
7850 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7851 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7852 gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_save_fp_regno
)));
7854 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_procedure_type
!= PT_STACK
)
7856 /* Decrement the frame pointer if the function does not have a
7859 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7860 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7861 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (-1))));
7866 /* Output the rest of the textual info surrounding the epilogue. */
7869 alpha_end_function (FILE *file
, const char *fnname
, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7871 /* End the function. */
7872 if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& !flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7874 fputs ("\t.end ", file
);
7875 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
7878 inside_function
= FALSE
;
7880 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
7881 alpha_write_linkage (file
, fnname
, decl
);
7884 /* Output jump tables and the static subroutine information block. */
7885 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7887 unicosmk_output_ssib (file
, fnname
);
7888 unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (file
);
7893 /* Emit a tail call to FUNCTION after adjusting THIS by DELTA.
7895 In order to avoid the hordes of differences between generated code
7896 with and without TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS, and to avoid duplicating
7897 lots of code loading up large constants, generate rtl and emit it
7898 instead of going straight to text.
7900 Not sure why this idea hasn't been explored before... */
7903 alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf (FILE *file
, tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7904 HOST_WIDE_INT delta
, HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset
,
7907 HOST_WIDE_INT hi
, lo
;
7908 rtx
this, insn
, funexp
;
7910 /* We always require a valid GP. */
7911 emit_insn (gen_prologue_ldgp ());
7912 emit_note (NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END
);
7914 /* Find the "this" pointer. If the function returns a structure,
7915 the structure return pointer is in $16. */
7916 if (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function
)), function
))
7917 this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 17);
7919 this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 16);
7921 /* Add DELTA. When possible we use ldah+lda. Otherwise load the
7922 entire constant for the add. */
7923 lo
= ((delta
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7924 hi
= (((delta
- lo
) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
7925 if (hi
+ lo
== delta
)
7928 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, GEN_INT (hi
)));
7930 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, GEN_INT (lo
)));
7934 rtx tmp
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0),
7935 delta
, -(delta
< 0));
7936 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, tmp
));
7939 /* Add a delta stored in the vtable at VCALL_OFFSET. */
7944 tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0);
7945 emit_move_insn (tmp
, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, this));
7947 lo
= ((vcall_offset
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7948 hi
= (((vcall_offset
- lo
) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
7949 if (hi
+ lo
== vcall_offset
)
7952 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tmp
, tmp
, GEN_INT (hi
)));
7956 tmp2
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 1),
7957 vcall_offset
, -(vcall_offset
< 0));
7958 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tmp
, tmp
, tmp2
));
7962 tmp2
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, tmp
, GEN_INT (lo
));
7965 emit_move_insn (tmp
, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, tmp2
));
7967 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, tmp
));
7970 /* Generate a tail call to the target function. */
7971 if (! TREE_USED (function
))
7973 assemble_external (function
);
7974 TREE_USED (function
) = 1;
7976 funexp
= XEXP (DECL_RTL (function
), 0);
7977 funexp
= gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE
, funexp
);
7978 insn
= emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (funexp
, const0_rtx
));
7979 SIBLING_CALL_P (insn
) = 1;
7981 /* Run just enough of rest_of_compilation to get the insns emitted.
7982 There's not really enough bulk here to make other passes such as
7983 instruction scheduling worth while. Note that use_thunk calls
7984 assemble_start_function and assemble_end_function. */
7985 insn
= get_insns ();
7986 insn_locators_initialize ();
7987 shorten_branches (insn
);
7988 final_start_function (insn
, file
, 1);
7989 final (insn
, file
, 1, 0);
7990 final_end_function ();
7992 #endif /* TARGET_ABI_OSF */
7994 /* Debugging support. */
7998 /* Count the number of sdb related labels are generated (to find block
7999 start and end boundaries). */
8001 int sdb_label_count
= 0;
8003 /* Next label # for each statement. */
8005 static int sym_lineno
= 0;
8007 /* Count the number of .file directives, so that .loc is up to date. */
8009 static int num_source_filenames
= 0;
8011 /* Name of the file containing the current function. */
8013 static const char *current_function_file
= "";
8015 /* Offsets to alpha virtual arg/local debugging pointers. */
8017 long alpha_arg_offset
;
8018 long alpha_auto_offset
;
8020 /* Emit a new filename to a stream. */
8023 alpha_output_filename (FILE *stream
, const char *name
)
8025 static int first_time
= TRUE
;
8026 char ltext_label_name
[100];
8031 ++num_source_filenames
;
8032 current_function_file
= name
;
8033 fprintf (stream
, "\t.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames
);
8034 output_quoted_string (stream
, name
);
8035 fprintf (stream
, "\n");
8036 if (!TARGET_GAS
&& write_symbols
== DBX_DEBUG
)
8037 fprintf (stream
, "\t#@stabs\n");
8040 else if (write_symbols
== DBX_DEBUG
)
8042 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ltext_label_name
, "Ltext", 0);
8043 fprintf (stream
, "%s", ASM_STABS_OP
);
8044 output_quoted_string (stream
, name
);
8045 fprintf (stream
, ",%d,0,0,%s\n", N_SOL
, <ext_label_name
[1]);
8048 else if (name
!= current_function_file
8049 && strcmp (name
, current_function_file
) != 0)
8051 if (inside_function
&& ! TARGET_GAS
)
8052 fprintf (stream
, "\t#.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames
);
8055 ++num_source_filenames
;
8056 current_function_file
= name
;
8057 fprintf (stream
, "\t.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames
);
8060 output_quoted_string (stream
, name
);
8061 fprintf (stream
, "\n");
8065 /* Emit a linenumber to a stream. */
8068 alpha_output_lineno (FILE *stream
, int line
)
8070 if (write_symbols
== DBX_DEBUG
)
8072 /* mips-tfile doesn't understand .stabd directives. */
8074 fprintf (stream
, "$LM%d:\n%s%d,0,%d,$LM%d\n",
8075 sym_lineno
, ASM_STABN_OP
, N_SLINE
, line
, sym_lineno
);
8078 fprintf (stream
, "\n\t.loc\t%d %d\n", num_source_filenames
, line
);
8081 /* Structure to show the current status of registers and memory. */
8083 struct shadow_summary
8086 unsigned int i
: 31; /* Mask of int regs */
8087 unsigned int fp
: 31; /* Mask of fp regs */
8088 unsigned int mem
: 1; /* mem == imem | fpmem */
8092 /* Summary the effects of expression X on the machine. Update SUM, a pointer
8093 to the summary structure. SET is nonzero if the insn is setting the
8094 object, otherwise zero. */
8097 summarize_insn (rtx x
, struct shadow_summary
*sum
, int set
)
8099 const char *format_ptr
;
8105 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
8107 /* ??? Note that this case would be incorrect if the Alpha had a
8108 ZERO_EXTRACT in SET_DEST. */
8110 summarize_insn (SET_SRC (x
), sum
, 0);
8111 summarize_insn (SET_DEST (x
), sum
, 1);
8115 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 1);
8119 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8123 for (i
= ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8124 summarize_insn (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x
, i
), sum
, 0);
8128 for (i
= XVECLEN (x
, 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8129 summarize_insn (XVECEXP (x
, 0, i
), sum
, 0);
8133 summarize_insn (SUBREG_REG (x
), sum
, 0);
8138 int regno
= REGNO (x
);
8139 unsigned long mask
= ((unsigned long) 1) << (regno
% 32);
8141 if (regno
== 31 || regno
== 63)
8147 sum
->defd
.i
|= mask
;
8149 sum
->defd
.fp
|= mask
;
8154 sum
->used
.i
|= mask
;
8156 sum
->used
.fp
|= mask
;
8167 /* Find the regs used in memory address computation: */
8168 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8171 case CONST_INT
: case CONST_DOUBLE
:
8172 case SYMBOL_REF
: case LABEL_REF
: case CONST
:
8173 case SCRATCH
: case ASM_INPUT
:
8176 /* Handle common unary and binary ops for efficiency. */
8177 case COMPARE
: case PLUS
: case MINUS
: case MULT
: case DIV
:
8178 case MOD
: case UDIV
: case UMOD
: case AND
: case IOR
:
8179 case XOR
: case ASHIFT
: case ROTATE
: case ASHIFTRT
: case LSHIFTRT
:
8180 case ROTATERT
: case SMIN
: case SMAX
: case UMIN
: case UMAX
:
8181 case NE
: case EQ
: case GE
: case GT
: case LE
:
8182 case LT
: case GEU
: case GTU
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
8183 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8184 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 1), sum
, 0);
8187 case NEG
: case NOT
: case SIGN_EXTEND
: case ZERO_EXTEND
:
8188 case TRUNCATE
: case FLOAT_EXTEND
: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
: case FLOAT
:
8189 case FIX
: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
: case UNSIGNED_FIX
: case ABS
:
8190 case SQRT
: case FFS
:
8191 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8195 format_ptr
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x
));
8196 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x
)) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8197 switch (format_ptr
[i
])
8200 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, i
), sum
, 0);
8204 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
8205 summarize_insn (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), sum
, 0);
8217 /* Ensure a sufficient number of `trapb' insns are in the code when
8218 the user requests code with a trap precision of functions or
8221 In naive mode, when the user requests a trap-precision of
8222 "instruction", a trapb is needed after every instruction that may
8223 generate a trap. This ensures that the code is resumption safe but
8226 When optimizations are turned on, we delay issuing a trapb as long
8227 as possible. In this context, a trap shadow is the sequence of
8228 instructions that starts with a (potentially) trap generating
8229 instruction and extends to the next trapb or call_pal instruction
8230 (but GCC never generates call_pal by itself). We can delay (and
8231 therefore sometimes omit) a trapb subject to the following
8234 (a) On entry to the trap shadow, if any Alpha register or memory
8235 location contains a value that is used as an operand value by some
8236 instruction in the trap shadow (live on entry), then no instruction
8237 in the trap shadow may modify the register or memory location.
8239 (b) Within the trap shadow, the computation of the base register
8240 for a memory load or store instruction may not involve using the
8241 result of an instruction that might generate an UNPREDICTABLE
8244 (c) Within the trap shadow, no register may be used more than once
8245 as a destination register. (This is to make life easier for the
8248 (d) The trap shadow may not include any branch instructions. */
8251 alpha_handle_trap_shadows (void)
8253 struct shadow_summary shadow
;
8254 int trap_pending
, exception_nesting
;
8258 exception_nesting
= 0;
8261 shadow
.used
.mem
= 0;
8262 shadow
.defd
= shadow
.used
;
8264 for (i
= get_insns (); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
8266 if (GET_CODE (i
) == NOTE
)
8268 switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (i
))
8270 case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG
:
8271 exception_nesting
++;
8276 case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END
:
8277 exception_nesting
--;
8282 case NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG
:
8283 if (trap_pending
&& alpha_tp
>= ALPHA_TP_FUNC
)
8288 else if (trap_pending
)
8290 if (alpha_tp
== ALPHA_TP_FUNC
)
8292 if (GET_CODE (i
) == JUMP_INSN
8293 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == RETURN
)
8296 else if (alpha_tp
== ALPHA_TP_INSN
)
8300 struct shadow_summary sum
;
8305 sum
.defd
= sum
.used
;
8307 switch (GET_CODE (i
))
8310 /* Annoyingly, get_attr_trap will abort on these. */
8311 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == USE
8312 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == CLOBBER
)
8315 summarize_insn (PATTERN (i
), &sum
, 0);
8317 if ((sum
.defd
.i
& shadow
.defd
.i
)
8318 || (sum
.defd
.fp
& shadow
.defd
.fp
))
8320 /* (c) would be violated */
8324 /* Combine shadow with summary of current insn: */
8325 shadow
.used
.i
|= sum
.used
.i
;
8326 shadow
.used
.fp
|= sum
.used
.fp
;
8327 shadow
.used
.mem
|= sum
.used
.mem
;
8328 shadow
.defd
.i
|= sum
.defd
.i
;
8329 shadow
.defd
.fp
|= sum
.defd
.fp
;
8330 shadow
.defd
.mem
|= sum
.defd
.mem
;
8332 if ((sum
.defd
.i
& shadow
.used
.i
)
8333 || (sum
.defd
.fp
& shadow
.used
.fp
)
8334 || (sum
.defd
.mem
& shadow
.used
.mem
))
8336 /* (a) would be violated (also takes care of (b)) */
8337 if (get_attr_trap (i
) == TRAP_YES
8338 && ((sum
.defd
.i
& sum
.used
.i
)
8339 || (sum
.defd
.fp
& sum
.used
.fp
)))
8358 n
= emit_insn_before (gen_trapb (), i
);
8359 PUT_MODE (n
, TImode
);
8360 PUT_MODE (i
, TImode
);
8364 shadow
.used
.mem
= 0;
8365 shadow
.defd
= shadow
.used
;
8370 if ((exception_nesting
> 0 || alpha_tp
>= ALPHA_TP_FUNC
)
8371 && GET_CODE (i
) == INSN
8372 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) != USE
8373 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) != CLOBBER
8374 && get_attr_trap (i
) == TRAP_YES
)
8376 if (optimize
&& !trap_pending
)
8377 summarize_insn (PATTERN (i
), &shadow
, 0);
8383 /* Alpha can only issue instruction groups simultaneously if they are
8384 suitably aligned. This is very processor-specific. */
8386 enum alphaev4_pipe
{
8393 enum alphaev5_pipe
{
8404 static enum alphaev4_pipe
8405 alphaev4_insn_pipe (rtx insn
)
8407 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8409 if (get_attr_length (insn
) != 4)
8412 switch (get_attr_type (insn
))
8446 static enum alphaev5_pipe
8447 alphaev5_insn_pipe (rtx insn
)
8449 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8451 if (get_attr_length (insn
) != 4)
8454 switch (get_attr_type (insn
))
8495 /* IN_USE is a mask of the slots currently filled within the insn group.
8496 The mask bits come from alphaev4_pipe above. If EV4_IBX is set, then
8497 the insn in EV4_IB0 can be swapped by the hardware into EV4_IB1.
8499 LEN is, of course, the length of the group in bytes. */
8502 alphaev4_next_group (rtx insn
, int *pin_use
, int *plen
)
8509 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
8510 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
)
8515 enum alphaev4_pipe pipe
;
8517 pipe
= alphaev4_insn_pipe (insn
);
8521 /* Force complex instructions to start new groups. */
8525 /* If this is a completely unrecognized insn, its an asm.
8526 We don't know how long it is, so record length as -1 to
8527 signal a needed realignment. */
8528 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8531 len
= get_attr_length (insn
);
8535 if (in_use
& EV4_IB0
)
8537 if (in_use
& EV4_IB1
)
8542 in_use
|= EV4_IB0
| EV4_IBX
;
8546 if (in_use
& EV4_IB0
)
8548 if (!(in_use
& EV4_IBX
) || (in_use
& EV4_IB1
))
8556 if (in_use
& EV4_IB1
)
8566 /* Haifa doesn't do well scheduling branches. */
8567 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
)
8571 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
8573 if (!insn
|| ! INSN_P (insn
))
8576 /* Let Haifa tell us where it thinks insn group boundaries are. */
8577 if (GET_MODE (insn
) == TImode
)
8580 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CLOBBER
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == USE
)
8585 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
8593 /* IN_USE is a mask of the slots currently filled within the insn group.
8594 The mask bits come from alphaev5_pipe above. If EV5_E01 is set, then
8595 the insn in EV5_E0 can be swapped by the hardware into EV5_E1.
8597 LEN is, of course, the length of the group in bytes. */
8600 alphaev5_next_group (rtx insn
, int *pin_use
, int *plen
)
8607 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
8608 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
)
8613 enum alphaev5_pipe pipe
;
8615 pipe
= alphaev5_insn_pipe (insn
);
8619 /* Force complex instructions to start new groups. */
8623 /* If this is a completely unrecognized insn, its an asm.
8624 We don't know how long it is, so record length as -1 to
8625 signal a needed realignment. */
8626 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8629 len
= get_attr_length (insn
);
8632 /* ??? Most of the places below, we would like to abort, as
8633 it would indicate an error either in Haifa, or in the
8634 scheduling description. Unfortunately, Haifa never
8635 schedules the last instruction of the BB, so we don't
8636 have an accurate TI bit to go off. */
8638 if (in_use
& EV5_E0
)
8640 if (in_use
& EV5_E1
)
8645 in_use
|= EV5_E0
| EV5_E01
;
8649 if (in_use
& EV5_E0
)
8651 if (!(in_use
& EV5_E01
) || (in_use
& EV5_E1
))
8659 if (in_use
& EV5_E1
)
8665 if (in_use
& EV5_FA
)
8667 if (in_use
& EV5_FM
)
8672 in_use
|= EV5_FA
| EV5_FAM
;
8676 if (in_use
& EV5_FA
)
8682 if (in_use
& EV5_FM
)
8695 /* Haifa doesn't do well scheduling branches. */
8696 /* ??? If this is predicted not-taken, slotting continues, except
8697 that no more IBR, FBR, or JSR insns may be slotted. */
8698 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
)
8702 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
8704 if (!insn
|| ! INSN_P (insn
))
8707 /* Let Haifa tell us where it thinks insn group boundaries are. */
8708 if (GET_MODE (insn
) == TImode
)
8711 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CLOBBER
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == USE
)
8716 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
8725 alphaev4_next_nop (int *pin_use
)
8727 int in_use
= *pin_use
;
8730 if (!(in_use
& EV4_IB0
))
8735 else if ((in_use
& (EV4_IBX
|EV4_IB1
)) == EV4_IBX
)
8740 else if (TARGET_FP
&& !(in_use
& EV4_IB1
))
8753 alphaev5_next_nop (int *pin_use
)
8755 int in_use
= *pin_use
;
8758 if (!(in_use
& EV5_E1
))
8763 else if (TARGET_FP
&& !(in_use
& EV5_FA
))
8768 else if (TARGET_FP
&& !(in_use
& EV5_FM
))
8780 /* The instruction group alignment main loop. */
8783 alpha_align_insns (unsigned int max_align
,
8784 rtx (*next_group
) (rtx
, int *, int *),
8785 rtx (*next_nop
) (int *))
8787 /* ALIGN is the known alignment for the insn group. */
8789 /* OFS is the offset of the current insn in the insn group. */
8791 int prev_in_use
, in_use
, len
;
8794 /* Let shorten branches care for assigning alignments to code labels. */
8795 shorten_branches (get_insns ());
8797 if (align_functions
< 4)
8799 else if ((unsigned int) align_functions
< max_align
)
8800 align
= align_functions
;
8804 ofs
= prev_in_use
= 0;
8806 if (GET_CODE (i
) == NOTE
)
8807 i
= next_nonnote_insn (i
);
8811 next
= (*next_group
) (i
, &in_use
, &len
);
8813 /* When we see a label, resync alignment etc. */
8814 if (GET_CODE (i
) == CODE_LABEL
)
8816 unsigned int new_align
= 1 << label_to_alignment (i
);
8818 if (new_align
>= align
)
8820 align
= new_align
< max_align
? new_align
: max_align
;
8824 else if (ofs
& (new_align
-1))
8825 ofs
= (ofs
| (new_align
-1)) + 1;
8830 /* Handle complex instructions special. */
8831 else if (in_use
== 0)
8833 /* Asms will have length < 0. This is a signal that we have
8834 lost alignment knowledge. Assume, however, that the asm
8835 will not mis-align instructions. */
8844 /* If the known alignment is smaller than the recognized insn group,
8845 realign the output. */
8846 else if ((int) align
< len
)
8848 unsigned int new_log_align
= len
> 8 ? 4 : 3;
8851 where
= prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (i
);
8852 if (!where
|| GET_CODE (where
) != CODE_LABEL
)
8855 /* Can't realign between a call and its gp reload. */
8856 if (! (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
8857 && prev
&& GET_CODE (prev
) == CALL_INSN
))
8859 emit_insn_before (gen_realign (GEN_INT (new_log_align
)), where
);
8860 align
= 1 << new_log_align
;
8865 /* If the group won't fit in the same INT16 as the previous,
8866 we need to add padding to keep the group together. Rather
8867 than simply leaving the insn filling to the assembler, we
8868 can make use of the knowledge of what sorts of instructions
8869 were issued in the previous group to make sure that all of
8870 the added nops are really free. */
8871 else if (ofs
+ len
> (int) align
)
8873 int nop_count
= (align
- ofs
) / 4;
8876 /* Insert nops before labels, branches, and calls to truly merge
8877 the execution of the nops with the previous instruction group. */
8878 where
= prev_nonnote_insn (i
);
8881 if (GET_CODE (where
) == CODE_LABEL
)
8883 rtx where2
= prev_nonnote_insn (where
);
8884 if (where2
&& GET_CODE (where2
) == JUMP_INSN
)
8887 else if (GET_CODE (where
) == INSN
)
8894 emit_insn_before ((*next_nop
)(&prev_in_use
), where
);
8895 while (--nop_count
);
8899 ofs
= (ofs
+ len
) & (align
- 1);
8900 prev_in_use
= in_use
;
8905 /* Machine dependent reorg pass. */
8910 if (alpha_tp
!= ALPHA_TP_PROG
|| flag_exceptions
)
8911 alpha_handle_trap_shadows ();
8913 /* Due to the number of extra trapb insns, don't bother fixing up
8914 alignment when trap precision is instruction. Moreover, we can
8915 only do our job when sched2 is run. */
8916 if (optimize
&& !optimize_size
8917 && alpha_tp
!= ALPHA_TP_INSN
8918 && flag_schedule_insns_after_reload
)
8920 if (alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV4
)
8921 alpha_align_insns (8, alphaev4_next_group
, alphaev4_next_nop
);
8922 else if (alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV5
)
8923 alpha_align_insns (16, alphaev5_next_group
, alphaev5_next_nop
);
8927 #if !TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
8934 alpha_file_start (void)
8936 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
8937 /* If emitting dwarf2 debug information, we cannot generate a .file
8938 directive to start the file, as it will conflict with dwarf2out
8939 file numbers. So it's only useful when emitting mdebug output. */
8940 targetm
.file_start_file_directive
= (write_symbols
== DBX_DEBUG
);
8943 default_file_start ();
8945 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.verstamp %d %d\n", MS_STAMP
, LS_STAMP
);
8948 fputs ("\t.set noreorder\n", asm_out_file
);
8949 fputs ("\t.set volatile\n", asm_out_file
);
8950 if (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
8951 fputs ("\t.set noat\n", asm_out_file
);
8952 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
)
8953 fputs ("\t.set nomacro\n", asm_out_file
);
8954 if (TARGET_SUPPORT_ARCH
| TARGET_BWX
| TARGET_MAX
| TARGET_FIX
| TARGET_CIX
)
8955 fprintf (asm_out_file
,
8957 TARGET_CPU_EV6
? "ev6"
8959 ? (TARGET_MAX
? "pca56" : TARGET_BWX
? "ev56" : "ev5")
8964 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
8966 /* Switch to the section to which we should output X. The only thing
8967 special we do here is to honor small data. */
8970 alpha_elf_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx x
,
8971 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align
)
8973 if (TARGET_SMALL_DATA
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= g_switch_value
)
8974 /* ??? Consider using mergeable sdata sections. */
8977 default_elf_select_rtx_section (mode
, x
, align
);
8980 #endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */
8982 /* Structure to collect function names for final output in link section. */
8983 /* Note that items marked with GTY can't be ifdef'ed out. */
8985 enum links_kind
{KIND_UNUSED
, KIND_LOCAL
, KIND_EXTERN
};
8986 enum reloc_kind
{KIND_LINKAGE
, KIND_CODEADDR
};
8988 struct alpha_links
GTY(())
8992 enum links_kind lkind
;
8993 enum reloc_kind rkind
;
8996 struct alpha_funcs
GTY(())
8999 splay_tree
GTY ((param1_is (char *), param2_is (struct alpha_links
*)))
9003 static GTY ((param1_is (char *), param2_is (struct alpha_links
*)))
9004 splay_tree alpha_links_tree
;
9005 static GTY ((param1_is (tree
), param2_is (struct alpha_funcs
*)))
9006 splay_tree alpha_funcs_tree
;
9008 static GTY(()) int alpha_funcs_num
;
9010 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
9012 /* Return the VMS argument type corresponding to MODE. */
9015 alpha_arg_type (enum machine_mode mode
)
9020 return TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? FF
: FS
;
9022 return TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? FD
: FT
;
9028 /* Return an rtx for an integer representing the VMS Argument Information
9032 alpha_arg_info_reg_val (CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum
)
9034 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT regval
= cum
.num_args
;
9037 for (i
= 0; i
< 6; i
++)
9038 regval
|= ((int) cum
.atypes
[i
]) << (i
* 3 + 8);
9040 return GEN_INT (regval
);
9043 /* Make (or fake) .linkage entry for function call.
9045 IS_LOCAL is 0 if name is used in call, 1 if name is used in definition.
9047 Return an SYMBOL_REF rtx for the linkage. */
9050 alpha_need_linkage (const char *name
, int is_local
)
9052 splay_tree_node node
;
9053 struct alpha_links
*al
;
9060 struct alpha_funcs
*cfaf
;
9062 if (!alpha_funcs_tree
)
9063 alpha_funcs_tree
= splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn
)
9064 splay_tree_compare_pointers
);
9066 cfaf
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_funcs
));
9069 cfaf
->num
= ++alpha_funcs_num
;
9071 splay_tree_insert (alpha_funcs_tree
,
9072 (splay_tree_key
) current_function_decl
,
9073 (splay_tree_value
) cfaf
);
9076 if (alpha_links_tree
)
9078 /* Is this name already defined? */
9080 node
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_links_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) name
);
9083 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) node
->value
;
9086 /* Defined here but external assumed. */
9087 if (al
->lkind
== KIND_EXTERN
)
9088 al
->lkind
= KIND_LOCAL
;
9092 /* Used here but unused assumed. */
9093 if (al
->lkind
== KIND_UNUSED
)
9094 al
->lkind
= KIND_LOCAL
;
9100 alpha_links_tree
= splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn
) strcmp
);
9102 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_links
));
9103 name
= ggc_strdup (name
);
9105 /* Assume external if no definition. */
9106 al
->lkind
= (is_local
? KIND_UNUSED
: KIND_EXTERN
);
9108 /* Ensure we have an IDENTIFIER so assemble_name can mark it used. */
9109 get_identifier (name
);
9111 /* Construct a SYMBOL_REF for us to call. */
9113 size_t name_len
= strlen (name
);
9114 char *linksym
= alloca (name_len
+ 6);
9116 memcpy (linksym
+ 1, name
, name_len
);
9117 memcpy (linksym
+ 1 + name_len
, "..lk", 5);
9118 al
->linkage
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
9119 ggc_alloc_string (linksym
, name_len
+ 5));
9122 splay_tree_insert (alpha_links_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) name
,
9123 (splay_tree_value
) al
);
9129 alpha_use_linkage (rtx linkage
, tree cfundecl
, int lflag
, int rflag
)
9131 splay_tree_node cfunnode
;
9132 struct alpha_funcs
*cfaf
;
9133 struct alpha_links
*al
;
9134 const char *name
= XSTR (linkage
, 0);
9136 cfaf
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) 0;
9137 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) 0;
9139 cfunnode
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_funcs_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) cfundecl
);
9140 cfaf
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) cfunnode
->value
;
9144 splay_tree_node lnode
;
9146 /* Is this name already defined? */
9148 lnode
= splay_tree_lookup (cfaf
->links
, (splay_tree_key
) name
);
9150 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) lnode
->value
;
9153 cfaf
->links
= splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn
) strcmp
);
9161 splay_tree_node node
= 0;
9162 struct alpha_links
*anl
;
9167 name_len
= strlen (name
);
9169 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_links
));
9170 al
->num
= cfaf
->num
;
9172 node
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_links_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) name
);
9175 anl
= (struct alpha_links
*) node
->value
;
9176 al
->lkind
= anl
->lkind
;
9179 sprintf (buf
, "$%d..%s..lk", cfaf
->num
, name
);
9180 buflen
= strlen (buf
);
9181 linksym
= alloca (buflen
+ 1);
9182 memcpy (linksym
, buf
, buflen
+ 1);
9184 al
->linkage
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF
9185 (Pmode
, ggc_alloc_string (linksym
, buflen
+ 1));
9187 splay_tree_insert (cfaf
->links
, (splay_tree_key
) name
,
9188 (splay_tree_value
) al
);
9192 al
->rkind
= KIND_CODEADDR
;
9194 al
->rkind
= KIND_LINKAGE
;
9197 return gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, plus_constant (al
->linkage
, 8));
9203 alpha_write_one_linkage (splay_tree_node node
, void *data
)
9205 const char *const name
= (const char *) node
->key
;
9206 struct alpha_links
*link
= (struct alpha_links
*) node
->value
;
9207 FILE *stream
= (FILE *) data
;
9209 fprintf (stream
, "$%d..%s..lk:\n", link
->num
, name
);
9210 if (link
->rkind
== KIND_CODEADDR
)
9212 if (link
->lkind
== KIND_LOCAL
)
9214 /* Local and used */
9215 fprintf (stream
, "\t.quad %s..en\n", name
);
9219 /* External and used, request code address. */
9220 fprintf (stream
, "\t.code_address %s\n", name
);
9225 if (link
->lkind
== KIND_LOCAL
)
9227 /* Local and used, build linkage pair. */
9228 fprintf (stream
, "\t.quad %s..en\n", name
);
9229 fprintf (stream
, "\t.quad %s\n", name
);
9233 /* External and used, request linkage pair. */
9234 fprintf (stream
, "\t.linkage %s\n", name
);
9242 alpha_write_linkage (FILE *stream
, const char *funname
, tree fundecl
)
9244 splay_tree_node node
;
9245 struct alpha_funcs
*func
;
9248 fprintf (stream
, "\t.align 3\n");
9249 node
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_funcs_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) fundecl
);
9250 func
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) node
->value
;
9252 fputs ("\t.name ", stream
);
9253 assemble_name (stream
, funname
);
9254 fputs ("..na\n", stream
);
9255 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (stream
, funname
);
9256 fprintf (stream
, "\t.pdesc ");
9257 assemble_name (stream
, funname
);
9258 fprintf (stream
, "..en,%s\n",
9259 alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? "stack"
9260 : alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
? "reg" : "null");
9264 splay_tree_foreach (func
->links
, alpha_write_one_linkage
, stream
);
9265 /* splay_tree_delete (func->links); */
9269 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
9270 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
9272 #define SECTION_VMS_OVERLAY SECTION_FORGET
9273 #define SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL SECTION_MACH_DEP
9274 #define SECTION_VMS_INITIALIZE (SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL << 1)
9277 vms_section_type_flags (tree decl
, const char *name
, int reloc
)
9279 unsigned int flags
= default_section_type_flags (decl
, name
, reloc
);
9281 if (decl
&& DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)
9282 && lookup_attribute ("overlaid", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
9283 flags
|= SECTION_VMS_OVERLAY
;
9284 if (decl
&& DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)
9285 && lookup_attribute ("global", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
9286 flags
|= SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL
;
9287 if (decl
&& DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)
9288 && lookup_attribute ("initialize", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
9289 flags
|= SECTION_VMS_INITIALIZE
;
9294 /* Switch to an arbitrary section NAME with attributes as specified
9295 by FLAGS. ALIGN specifies any known alignment requirements for
9296 the section; 0 if the default should be used. */
9299 vms_asm_named_section (const char *name
, unsigned int flags
)
9301 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
9302 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ".section\t%s", name
);
9304 if (flags
& SECTION_VMS_OVERLAY
)
9305 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",OVR");
9306 if (flags
& SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL
)
9307 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",GBL");
9308 if (flags
& SECTION_VMS_INITIALIZE
)
9309 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",NOMOD");
9310 if (flags
& SECTION_DEBUG
)
9311 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",NOWRT");
9313 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
9316 /* Record an element in the table of global constructors. SYMBOL is
9317 a SYMBOL_REF of the function to be called; PRIORITY is a number
9318 between 0 and MAX_INIT_PRIORITY.
9320 Differs from default_ctors_section_asm_out_constructor in that the
9321 width of the .ctors entry is always 64 bits, rather than the 32 bits
9322 used by a normal pointer. */
9325 vms_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol
, int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9328 assemble_align (BITS_PER_WORD
);
9329 assemble_integer (symbol
, UNITS_PER_WORD
, BITS_PER_WORD
, 1);
9333 vms_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol
, int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9336 assemble_align (BITS_PER_WORD
);
9337 assemble_integer (symbol
, UNITS_PER_WORD
, BITS_PER_WORD
, 1);
9342 alpha_need_linkage (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9343 int is_local ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9349 alpha_use_linkage (rtx linkage ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9350 tree cfundecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9351 int lflag ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9352 int rflag ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9357 #endif /* TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS */
9359 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
9361 /* Define the offset between two registers, one to be eliminated, and the
9362 other its replacement, at the start of a routine. */
9365 unicosmk_initial_elimination_offset (int from
, int to
)
9369 fixed_size
= alpha_sa_size();
9370 if (fixed_size
!= 0)
9373 if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9375 else if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9377 else if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9378 return (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
9379 + ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size()));
9380 else if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9381 return (ALPHA_ROUND (fixed_size
)
9382 + ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size()
9383 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
));
9388 /* Output the module name for .ident and .end directives. We have to strip
9389 directories and add make sure that the module name starts with a letter
9393 unicosmk_output_module_name (FILE *file
)
9395 const char *name
= lbasename (main_input_filename
);
9396 unsigned len
= strlen (name
);
9397 char *clean_name
= alloca (len
+ 2);
9398 char *ptr
= clean_name
;
9400 /* CAM only accepts module names that start with a letter or '$'. We
9401 prefix the module name with a '$' if necessary. */
9403 if (!ISALPHA (*name
))
9405 memcpy (ptr
, name
, len
+ 1);
9406 clean_symbol_name (clean_name
);
9407 fputs (clean_name
, file
);
9410 /* Output the definition of a common variable. */
9413 unicosmk_output_common (FILE *file
, const char *name
, int size
, int align
)
9416 printf ("T3E__: common %s\n", name
);
9419 fputs("\t.endp\n\n\t.psect ", file
);
9420 assemble_name(file
, name
);
9421 fprintf(file
, ",%d,common\n", floor_log2 (align
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
));
9422 fprintf(file
, "\t.byte\t0:%d\n", size
);
9424 /* Mark the symbol as defined in this module. */
9425 name_tree
= get_identifier (name
);
9426 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
) = 1;
9429 #define SECTION_PUBLIC SECTION_MACH_DEP
9430 #define SECTION_MAIN (SECTION_PUBLIC << 1)
9431 static int current_section_align
;
9434 unicosmk_section_type_flags (tree decl
, const char *name
,
9435 int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9437 unsigned int flags
= default_section_type_flags (decl
, name
, reloc
);
9442 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9444 current_section_align
= floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9445 if (align_functions_log
> current_section_align
)
9446 current_section_align
= align_functions_log
;
9448 if (! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "main"))
9449 flags
|= SECTION_MAIN
;
9452 current_section_align
= floor_log2 (DECL_ALIGN (decl
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9454 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
9455 flags
|= SECTION_PUBLIC
;
9460 /* Generate a section name for decl and associate it with the
9464 unicosmk_unique_section (tree decl
, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9472 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
9473 name
= default_strip_name_encoding (name
);
9474 len
= strlen (name
);
9476 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9480 /* It is essential that we prefix the section name here because
9481 otherwise the section names generated for constructors and
9482 destructors confuse collect2. */
9484 string
= alloca (len
+ 6);
9485 sprintf (string
, "code@%s", name
);
9486 DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
) = build_string (len
+ 5, string
);
9488 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
9489 DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
) = build_string (len
, name
);
9494 string
= alloca (len
+ 6);
9495 sprintf (string
, "data@%s", name
);
9496 DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
) = build_string (len
+ 5, string
);
9500 /* Switch to an arbitrary section NAME with attributes as specified
9501 by FLAGS. ALIGN specifies any known alignment requirements for
9502 the section; 0 if the default should be used. */
9505 unicosmk_asm_named_section (const char *name
, unsigned int flags
)
9509 /* Close the previous section. */
9511 fputs ("\t.endp\n\n", asm_out_file
);
9513 /* Find out what kind of section we are opening. */
9515 if (flags
& SECTION_MAIN
)
9516 fputs ("\t.start\tmain\n", asm_out_file
);
9518 if (flags
& SECTION_CODE
)
9520 else if (flags
& SECTION_PUBLIC
)
9525 if (current_section_align
!= 0)
9526 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.psect\t%s,%d,%s\n", name
,
9527 current_section_align
, kind
);
9529 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.psect\t%s,%s\n", name
, kind
);
9533 unicosmk_insert_attributes (tree decl
, tree
*attr_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9536 && (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
9537 unicosmk_unique_section (decl
, 0);
9540 /* Output an alignment directive. We have to use the macro 'gcc@code@align'
9541 in code sections because .align fill unused space with zeroes. */
9544 unicosmk_output_align (FILE *file
, int align
)
9546 if (inside_function
)
9547 fprintf (file
, "\tgcc@code@align\t%d\n", align
);
9549 fprintf (file
, "\t.align\t%d\n", align
);
9552 /* Add a case vector to the current function's list of deferred case
9553 vectors. Case vectors have to be put into a separate section because CAM
9554 does not allow data definitions in code sections. */
9557 unicosmk_defer_case_vector (rtx lab
, rtx vec
)
9559 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
9561 vec
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, lab
, vec
);
9562 machine
->addr_list
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, vec
,
9563 machine
->addr_list
);
9566 /* Output a case vector. */
9569 unicosmk_output_addr_vec (FILE *file
, rtx vec
)
9571 rtx lab
= XEXP (vec
, 0);
9572 rtx body
= XEXP (vec
, 1);
9573 int vlen
= XVECLEN (body
, 0);
9576 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (file
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab
));
9578 for (idx
= 0; idx
< vlen
; idx
++)
9580 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT
9581 (file
, CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body
, 0, idx
), 0)));
9585 /* Output current function's deferred case vectors. */
9588 unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *file
)
9590 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
9593 if (machine
->addr_list
== NULL_RTX
)
9597 for (t
= machine
->addr_list
; t
; t
= XEXP (t
, 1))
9598 unicosmk_output_addr_vec (file
, XEXP (t
, 0));
9601 /* Generate the name of the SSIB section for the current function. */
9603 #define SSIB_PREFIX "__SSIB_"
9604 #define SSIB_PREFIX_LEN 7
9607 unicosmk_ssib_name (void)
9609 /* This is ok since CAM won't be able to deal with names longer than that
9612 static char name
[256];
9618 x
= DECL_RTL (cfun
->decl
);
9619 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
9622 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
9624 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
9626 len
= strlen (fnname
);
9627 if (len
+ SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
> 255)
9628 len
= 255 - SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
;
9630 strcpy (name
, SSIB_PREFIX
);
9631 strncpy (name
+ SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
, fnname
, len
);
9632 name
[len
+ SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
] = 0;
9637 /* Set up the dynamic subprogram information block (DSIB) and update the
9638 frame pointer register ($15) for subroutines which have a frame. If the
9639 subroutine doesn't have a frame, simply increment $15. */
9642 unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *imaskP
)
9644 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
9646 const char *ssib_name
;
9649 /* Allocate 64 bytes for the DSIB. */
9651 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
9653 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
9655 /* Save the return address. */
9657 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 56));
9658 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
9659 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_RA
)));
9660 (*imaskP
) &= ~(1UL << REG_RA
);
9662 /* Save the old frame pointer. */
9664 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 48));
9665 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
9666 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
9667 (*imaskP
) &= ~(1UL << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
9669 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
9671 /* Store the SSIB pointer. */
9673 ssib_name
= ggc_strdup (unicosmk_ssib_name ());
9674 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 32));
9675 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
9677 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 5),
9678 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, ssib_name
)));
9679 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 5)));
9681 /* Save the CIW index. */
9683 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 24));
9684 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
9685 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 25)));
9687 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
9689 /* Set the new frame pointer. */
9691 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
9692 stack_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (64))));
9697 /* Increment the frame pointer register to indicate that we do not
9700 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
9701 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (1))));
9705 /* Output the static subroutine information block for the current
9709 unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE *file
, const char *fnname
)
9715 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
9718 fprintf (file
, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\t%s%s,data\n", user_label_prefix
,
9719 unicosmk_ssib_name ());
9721 /* Some required stuff and the function name length. */
9723 len
= strlen (fnname
);
9724 fprintf (file
, "\t.quad\t^X20008%2.2X28\n", len
);
9727 ??? We don't do that yet. */
9729 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
9731 /* Function address. */
9733 fputs ("\t.quad\t", file
);
9734 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
9737 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
9738 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
9741 ??? We do it the same way Cray CC does it but this could be
9744 for( i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++ )
9745 fprintf (file
, "\t.byte\t%d\n", (int)(fnname
[i
]));
9746 if( (len
% 8) == 0 )
9747 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
9749 fprintf (file
, "\t.bits\t%d : 0\n", (8 - (len
% 8))*8);
9751 /* All call information words used in the function. */
9753 for (x
= machine
->first_ciw
; x
; x
= XEXP (x
, 1))
9756 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
9757 fprintf (file
, "\t.quad\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DOUBLE_HEX
"\n",
9758 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (ciw
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (ciw
));
9760 fprintf (file
, "\t.quad\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
"\n", INTVAL (ciw
));
9765 /* Add a call information word (CIW) to the list of the current function's
9766 CIWs and return its index.
9768 X is a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE representing the CIW. */
9771 unicosmk_add_call_info_word (rtx x
)
9774 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
9776 node
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, NULL_RTX
);
9777 if (machine
->first_ciw
== NULL_RTX
)
9778 machine
->first_ciw
= node
;
9780 XEXP (machine
->last_ciw
, 1) = node
;
9782 machine
->last_ciw
= node
;
9783 ++machine
->ciw_count
;
9785 return GEN_INT (machine
->ciw_count
9786 + strlen (current_function_name ())/8 + 5);
9789 static char unicosmk_section_buf
[100];
9792 unicosmk_text_section (void)
9794 static int count
= 0;
9795 sprintf (unicosmk_section_buf
, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\tgcc@text___%d,code",
9797 return unicosmk_section_buf
;
9801 unicosmk_data_section (void)
9803 static int count
= 1;
9804 sprintf (unicosmk_section_buf
, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\tgcc@data___%d,data",
9806 return unicosmk_section_buf
;
9809 /* The Cray assembler doesn't accept extern declarations for symbols which
9810 are defined in the same file. We have to keep track of all global
9811 symbols which are referenced and/or defined in a source file and output
9812 extern declarations for those which are referenced but not defined at
9815 /* List of identifiers for which an extern declaration might have to be
9817 /* FIXME: needs to use GC, so it can be saved and restored for PCH. */
9819 struct unicosmk_extern_list
9821 struct unicosmk_extern_list
*next
;
9825 static struct unicosmk_extern_list
*unicosmk_extern_head
= 0;
9827 /* Output extern declarations which are required for every asm file. */
9830 unicosmk_output_default_externs (FILE *file
)
9832 static const char *const externs
[] =
9833 { "__T3E_MISMATCH" };
9838 n
= ARRAY_SIZE (externs
);
9840 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
9841 fprintf (file
, "\t.extern\t%s\n", externs
[i
]);
9844 /* Output extern declarations for global symbols which are have been
9845 referenced but not defined. */
9848 unicosmk_output_externs (FILE *file
)
9850 struct unicosmk_extern_list
*p
;
9851 const char *real_name
;
9855 len
= strlen (user_label_prefix
);
9856 for (p
= unicosmk_extern_head
; p
!= 0; p
= p
->next
)
9858 /* We have to strip the encoding and possibly remove user_label_prefix
9859 from the identifier in order to handle -fleading-underscore and
9860 explicit asm names correctly (cf. gcc.dg/asm-names-1.c). */
9861 real_name
= default_strip_name_encoding (p
->name
);
9862 if (len
&& p
->name
[0] == '*'
9863 && !memcmp (real_name
, user_label_prefix
, len
))
9866 name_tree
= get_identifier (real_name
);
9867 if (! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
))
9869 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
) = 1;
9870 fputs ("\t.extern\t", file
);
9871 assemble_name (file
, p
->name
);
9877 /* Record an extern. */
9880 unicosmk_add_extern (const char *name
)
9882 struct unicosmk_extern_list
*p
;
9884 p
= (struct unicosmk_extern_list
*)
9885 xmalloc (sizeof (struct unicosmk_extern_list
));
9886 p
->next
= unicosmk_extern_head
;
9888 unicosmk_extern_head
= p
;
9891 /* The Cray assembler generates incorrect code if identifiers which
9892 conflict with register names are used as instruction operands. We have
9893 to replace such identifiers with DEX expressions. */
9895 /* Structure to collect identifiers which have been replaced by DEX
9897 /* FIXME: needs to use GC, so it can be saved and restored for PCH. */
9899 struct unicosmk_dex
{
9900 struct unicosmk_dex
*next
;
9904 /* List of identifiers which have been replaced by DEX expressions. The DEX
9905 number is determined by the position in the list. */
9907 static struct unicosmk_dex
*unicosmk_dex_list
= NULL
;
9909 /* The number of elements in the DEX list. */
9911 static int unicosmk_dex_count
= 0;
9913 /* Check if NAME must be replaced by a DEX expression. */
9916 unicosmk_special_name (const char *name
)
9924 if (name
[0] != 'r' && name
[0] != 'f' && name
[0] != 'R' && name
[0] != 'F')
9930 return (name
[2] == '\0' || (ISDIGIT (name
[2]) && name
[3] == '\0'));
9933 return (name
[2] == '\0'
9934 || ((name
[2] == '0' || name
[2] == '1') && name
[3] == '\0'));
9937 return (ISDIGIT (name
[1]) && name
[2] == '\0');
9941 /* Return the DEX number if X must be replaced by a DEX expression and 0
9945 unicosmk_need_dex (rtx x
)
9947 struct unicosmk_dex
*dex
;
9951 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
9955 if (! unicosmk_special_name (name
))
9958 i
= unicosmk_dex_count
;
9959 for (dex
= unicosmk_dex_list
; dex
; dex
= dex
->next
)
9961 if (! strcmp (name
, dex
->name
))
9966 dex
= (struct unicosmk_dex
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct unicosmk_dex
));
9968 dex
->next
= unicosmk_dex_list
;
9969 unicosmk_dex_list
= dex
;
9971 ++unicosmk_dex_count
;
9972 return unicosmk_dex_count
;
9975 /* Output the DEX definitions for this file. */
9978 unicosmk_output_dex (FILE *file
)
9980 struct unicosmk_dex
*dex
;
9983 if (unicosmk_dex_list
== NULL
)
9986 fprintf (file
, "\t.dexstart\n");
9988 i
= unicosmk_dex_count
;
9989 for (dex
= unicosmk_dex_list
; dex
; dex
= dex
->next
)
9991 fprintf (file
, "\tDEX (%d) = ", i
);
9992 assemble_name (file
, dex
->name
);
9997 fprintf (file
, "\t.dexend\n");
10000 /* Output text that to appear at the beginning of an assembler file. */
10003 unicosmk_file_start (void)
10007 fputs ("\t.ident\t", asm_out_file
);
10008 unicosmk_output_module_name (asm_out_file
);
10009 fputs ("\n\n", asm_out_file
);
10011 /* The Unicos/Mk assembler uses different register names. Instead of trying
10012 to support them, we simply use micro definitions. */
10014 /* CAM has different register names: rN for the integer register N and fN
10015 for the floating-point register N. Instead of trying to use these in
10016 alpha.md, we define the symbols $N and $fN to refer to the appropriate
10019 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
10020 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "$%d <- r%d\n", i
, i
);
10022 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
10023 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "$f%d <- f%d\n", i
, i
);
10025 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
10027 /* The .align directive fill unused space with zeroes which does not work
10028 in code sections. We define the macro 'gcc@code@align' which uses nops
10029 instead. Note that it assumes that code sections always have the
10030 biggest possible alignment since . refers to the current offset from
10031 the beginning of the section. */
10033 fputs ("\t.macro gcc@code@align n\n", asm_out_file
);
10034 fputs ("gcc@n@bytes = 1 << n\n", asm_out_file
);
10035 fputs ("gcc@here = . % gcc@n@bytes\n", asm_out_file
);
10036 fputs ("\t.if ne, gcc@here, 0\n", asm_out_file
);
10037 fputs ("\t.repeat (gcc@n@bytes - gcc@here) / 4\n", asm_out_file
);
10038 fputs ("\tbis r31,r31,r31\n", asm_out_file
);
10039 fputs ("\t.endr\n", asm_out_file
);
10040 fputs ("\t.endif\n", asm_out_file
);
10041 fputs ("\t.endm gcc@code@align\n\n", asm_out_file
);
10043 /* Output extern declarations which should always be visible. */
10044 unicosmk_output_default_externs (asm_out_file
);
10046 /* Open a dummy section. We always need to be inside a section for the
10047 section-switching code to work correctly.
10048 ??? This should be a module id or something like that. I still have to
10049 figure out what the rules for those are. */
10050 fputs ("\n\t.psect\t$SG00000,data\n", asm_out_file
);
10053 /* Output text to appear at the end of an assembler file. This includes all
10054 pending extern declarations and DEX expressions. */
10057 unicosmk_file_end (void)
10059 fputs ("\t.endp\n\n", asm_out_file
);
10061 /* Output all pending externs. */
10063 unicosmk_output_externs (asm_out_file
);
10065 /* Output dex definitions used for functions whose names conflict with
10068 unicosmk_output_dex (asm_out_file
);
10070 fputs ("\t.end\t", asm_out_file
);
10071 unicosmk_output_module_name (asm_out_file
);
10072 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
10078 unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10082 unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *imaskP ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10086 unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE * file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10087 const char * fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10091 unicosmk_add_call_info_word (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10097 unicosmk_need_dex (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10102 #endif /* TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK */
10105 alpha_init_libfuncs (void)
10107 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
10109 /* Prevent gcc from generating calls to __divsi3. */
10110 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, SImode
, 0);
10111 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, SImode
, 0);
10113 /* Use the functions provided by the system library
10114 for DImode integer division. */
10115 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, DImode
, "$sldiv");
10116 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, DImode
, "$uldiv");
10118 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
10120 /* Use the VMS runtime library functions for division and
10122 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$DIV_I");
10123 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$DIV_L");
10124 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$DIV_UI");
10125 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$DIV_UL");
10126 set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$REM_I");
10127 set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$REM_L");
10128 set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$REM_UI");
10129 set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$REM_UL");
10134 /* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
10135 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
10136 # undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
10137 # define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE vms_attribute_table
10138 # undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
10139 # define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS vms_section_type_flags
10142 #undef TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
10143 #define TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P alpha_in_small_data_p
10145 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
10146 # undef TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
10147 # define TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES unicosmk_insert_attributes
10148 # undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
10149 # define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS unicosmk_section_type_flags
10150 # undef TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
10151 # define TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION unicosmk_unique_section
10152 # undef TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
10153 # define TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr
10156 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
10157 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.word\t"
10158 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP
10159 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.quad\t"
10161 /* Default unaligned ops are provided for ELF systems. To get unaligned
10162 data for non-ELF systems, we have to turn off auto alignment. */
10163 #ifndef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
10164 #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
10165 #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.word\t"
10166 #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
10167 #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.long\t"
10168 #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP
10169 #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.quad\t"
10172 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
10173 #undef TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
10174 #define TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION alpha_elf_select_rtx_section
10177 #undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
10178 #define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE alpha_output_function_end_prologue
10180 #undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
10181 #define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS alpha_init_libfuncs
10183 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
10184 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
10185 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START unicosmk_file_start
10186 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
10187 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END unicosmk_file_end
10189 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
10190 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START alpha_file_start
10191 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
10192 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE true
10195 #undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
10196 #define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST alpha_adjust_cost
10197 #undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
10198 #define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE alpha_issue_rate
10199 #undef TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE
10200 #define TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE \
10201 alpha_use_dfa_pipeline_interface
10202 #undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
10203 #define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD \
10204 alpha_multipass_dfa_lookahead
10206 #undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
10207 #define TARGET_HAVE_TLS HAVE_AS_TLS
10209 #undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
10210 #define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS alpha_init_builtins
10211 #undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
10212 #define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN alpha_expand_builtin
10214 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
10215 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL alpha_function_ok_for_sibcall
10216 #undef TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P
10217 #define TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P alpha_cannot_copy_insn_p
10220 #undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
10221 #define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf
10222 #undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
10223 #define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK hook_bool_tree_hwi_hwi_tree_true
10226 #undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
10227 #define TARGET_RTX_COSTS alpha_rtx_costs
10228 #undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
10229 #define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST hook_int_rtx_0
10231 #undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
10232 #define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG alpha_reorg
10234 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
10235 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS hook_bool_tree_true
10236 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
10237 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN hook_bool_tree_true
10238 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
10239 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES hook_bool_tree_false
10240 #undef TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
10241 #define TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX hook_rtx_tree_int_null
10242 #undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
10243 #define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY alpha_return_in_memory
10244 #undef TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
10245 #define TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS alpha_setup_incoming_varargs
10246 #undef TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
10247 #define TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_true
10248 #undef TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
10249 #define TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_true
10250 #undef TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
10251 #define TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG alpha_split_complex_arg
10253 #undef TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
10254 #define TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST alpha_build_builtin_va_list
10256 struct gcc_target targetm
= TARGET_INITIALIZER
;
10259 #include "gt-alpha.h"